<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><?xml-stylesheet href="http://www.blogger.com/styles/atom.css" type="text/css"?><feed xmlns='http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom' xmlns:openSearch='http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/' xmlns:georss='http://www.georss.org/georss' xmlns:gd='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005' xmlns:thr='http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0'><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082</id><updated>2011-11-28T08:00:19.107+07:00</updated><category term='DRAWING'/><category term='Games'/><category term='3gp'/><category term='Corel Draw'/><category term='Busines'/><category term='3ds MAX'/><category term='Software'/><category term='General/Basics'/><category term='Php'/><category term='TECHNICAL'/><category term='Design'/><category term='Photo Effects'/><category term='Photo Manipulation'/><category term='Special Effects'/><category term='LAYOUT'/><category term='Text Effects'/><category term='Animations'/><category term='Programming'/><category term='Photoshop'/><title type='text'>BlogDesign</title><subtitle type='html'></subtitle><link rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#feed' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/posts/default'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default?max-results=100'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/'/><link rel='hub' href='http://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com/'/><link rel='next' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default?start-index=101&amp;max-results=100'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><generator version='7.00' uri='http://www.blogger.com'>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>190</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>100</openSearch:itemsPerPage><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-1628709115593077974</id><published>2009-06-26T18:52:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-27T13:51:01.777+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Blue on Black Navigation Bar</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/blue%20on%20black%20navigation%20bar_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/blue%20on%20black%20navigation%20bar_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Design a beautiful navigation bar in Photoshop. This tutorial will teach you how to combine several layer styles to create a beautiful yet simple navigation bar.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="Blue on black navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step8.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Blue on Black Navigation Bar Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;Firstly, create a new document - the size I've used is 540 by 220 pixels. Now for the background I've filled it with a black colour. To do this go Edit &gt; Fill with the colour #0d0d0d.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step1.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Secondly, we'll be making the background for the navigation buttons to go inside. Create a new layer (Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer) and select the rounded rectangle tool. Make fixed size selection of 480 by 50 pixels with a radius of 5 pixels in the middle of the document.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step2a.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill this selection with a linear gradient from the colour #151515 to #050505 using the gradient tool. Deselect - Ctrl + D. Set the fill of the layer to 60% (the setting underneath the opacity in the layers window). The difference between opacity and fill is simply opacity changes the opacity of the entire layer and fill changes the opacity of everything except the layer styles.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step2b.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step &lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we'll be adding a couple of layer styles to this navigation background.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Outer Glow&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Outer glow layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step3a.jpg" width="324" border="0" height="341" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Stroke&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Stroke layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step3b.jpg" width="326" border="0" height="277" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now your document should be looking something like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Blank black navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step3c.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next up we'll be adding in the buttons. Create a new layer and using the rounded rectangle tool again make a selection of 150 by 40 pixels (with a radius of 5 pixels again) on the left side of the navigation bar.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step4a.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill this selection with a linear gradient from #323232 to #161616 using the gradient tool. Set the fill for this layer to 50%.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step4b.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;I've applied three layer styles to this button to give it some depth and make it look cooler.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Inner Glow&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Inner glow layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step5a.jpg" width="301" border="0" height="360" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Gradient Overlay&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Gradient overlay layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step5b.jpg" width="301" border="0" height="213" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Stroke&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Stroke layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step5c.jpg" width="307" border="0" height="204" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Your navigation bar should now look something like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Black navigation bar with button" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step5d.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the text tool and add in some text - the font styles that I have used for the text are Bell Gothic Std, Bold, 20 pt, Crisp, #ffffff.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Text added to black navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step6.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now repeat the button steps so you have two new buttons - I've decided that I'd make the middle one a different colour to stand out (this can be like a mouse over effect or something if you decided to code this navigation bar for a web layout). The blue colours I used for that are #14b9ef and #054573.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Blue accent button" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step7.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Because we have set the fill of the layers to 50-60% we can adjust the background and it can be half see through - below I've put a radial gradient with colours used in the Vista &lt;a itxtdid="8366269" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/layouts/blue-on-black-navigation-bar/page-2.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_7_0"&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt;theme.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Blue on black navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/BlueonBlackNavigationBar_124E8/step8.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="176" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-1628709115593077974?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/1628709115593077974/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/blue-on-black-navigation-bar.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1628709115593077974'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1628709115593077974'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/blue-on-black-navigation-bar.html' title='Blue on Black Navigation Bar'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-8011439348023722268</id><published>2009-06-26T14:55:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-27T13:44:45.568+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Manipulation'/><title type='text'>Alien Photo Manipulation</title><content type='html'>Turn a woman into an alien by combining two photos. This tutorial will teach you several photo manipulation techniques for creating scary photo manipulations.     &lt;h2&gt;Alien Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Preview of final results&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 438px; height: 444px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Stock Photos&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;For this tutorial, you’ll need a photo of a persons head, octopus, and any grunge texture. If you like to use the same portrait of the face used in this tutorial, you may click on the image below to purchase it. Note that we only have the download link for the image of the woman.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://www.dreamstime.com/portrait-of-serious-young-woman.-rimage4411987-resi312938" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img title="Portrait of serious young woman" alt="Portrait of serious young woman" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_4.png" width="200" border="0" height="200" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;img style="width: 220px; height: 200px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 404px; height: 235px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1 – Open the octopus photo&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Begin by loading the image of the octopus.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 332px;" title="2" alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/2.jpg" border="0" /&gt;     &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 – Detach an arm from the octopus&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;First, delete the white background. To do this, use the magic wand tool to create a selection of the white background then press delete on your keyboard to remove the background. Select the lasso tool and create a selection of one of the arm. Then, press Ctrl+J to create a new layer with the selected areas as its content.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 243px;" title="3" alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 – Combine several arms together&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Repeat the previous step several times until you get about five arms. They should each be on their own layers. Start by using the transform tool (Edit &gt; Free Transform) to rotate, resize, and position them together like the image below. Add a layer mask to each of the layers then, with a soft brush, erase in the layer mask to blend the arms together.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 453px;" title="4" alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4 – Combine the octopus arms with the portrait photo&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;On the document with the octopus arm, copy the entire image into the clipboard. To do this, press Ctrl+A to select all then press Shift+Ctrl+C to copy merged. Open the portrait photo then press Ctrl+V to paste the octopus arms. Position it on the mouth. Add a layer mask to the layer with the octopus arms then, using a brush with a hardness setting of 0%, erase the edge slightly to blend it with the face.&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 419px; height: 500px;" title="Portrait of serious young woman." alt="Portrait of serious young woman." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/1.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5 – Manipulate the eyes&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now let’s work on the eyes. Start by using the clone stamp tool to distort the eye. Hold the Alt key and click on a white area then click in the colored area.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_7.png" width="306" border="0" height="239" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use the dodge and burn tools to manipulate the eyes further. Start with the burn tool to create small holes then use the dodge tool to add some highlights. Use your creativity and don’t worry too much about how it looks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Portrait of serious young woman." alt="Portrait of serious young woman." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/8.jpg" width="276" border="0" height="192" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;h3&gt;Step 6 – Apply a color effect with adjustment layers&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Curves to add a new curves adjustment layer. Use the curves adjustment layer to make the image a little darker.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="9" alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/9.jpg" width="372" border="0" height="373" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now add a new Levels adjustment layer by choosing Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Levels. Click on the black point eye dropper tool and click on one of the darkest areas in the image. Select the gray point eye dropper tool and click on the white area of the eye. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="10" alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/10.jpg" width="372" border="0" height="374" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Add a new Hue/Saturation adjustment layer by choosing Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Hue/Saturation. Checkmark the colorize option first then adjust the settings as shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;img title="11" alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/11.jpg" width="366" border="0" height="373" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 7 – Use the burn tool on the face&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use the burn tool to darken some areas using a large brush with a soft edge. This will modify the look of the bone structure. Also spend some time to burn certain areas in the octopus arms to make the jaw look wider. You can make him look like Davy Jones in &lt;em&gt;'Pirates of the Caribbean: At World’s End&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 576px;" title="12" alt="12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/12.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Switch to a small hard edge brush to burn some scars on the face like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 395px; height: 453px;" title="13" alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/13.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 8 - Add an alien skin texture&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Start by opening the photo of a marble texture in Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 373px;" title="14" alt="14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/14.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We’re now going to copy and paste the marble texture into the image we were working on. Choose Select &gt; All then Edit &gt; Copy. Close the current image of the marble texture to switch back to the alien image we were working on. Choose Edit &gt; Paste to paste the texture into the current document.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use the eraser tool with a soft edge to erase the marble texture so that it only covers the fast. Change the blending mode to difference.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 439px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Lower the opacity to about 30%. One note to remember is that the difference blending mode will invert the colors of the layer depending on the layer below. So if you want more blue color on the face, you can use the burn tool on the layer with the face.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 500px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;You can also move the layer with the marble texture below the adjustment layer to get an effect like this image:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 500px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9 – Add some abstract lines&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the brush tool with a 3 pixel brush and 100% hardness. In the brushes palette (Window &gt; Brushes), apply the settings shown in the image below:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_11.png" width="372" border="0" height="554" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the pen tool and, in a new layer, create a curved path like the image below. Then, right click and select stroke path. Select the brush setting and enable the simulate pressure option.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 389px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_12.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Right click again and choose delete path. Repeat this step to add as many abstract lines as you like.&lt;/p&gt;        &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 358px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_13.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 10 – Add highlights to the arms&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;It is helpful to have a pen tablet for adding highlights but this will work with a regular mouse too. We’ll create highlights by painting a thin white line. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 400px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_14.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Start by painting a line through the shape of the arm.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 400px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_15.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 357px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_16.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Here’s what our image looks like after adding some highlights":&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 446px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_17.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11 – Enhance the arms&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the burn tool and set the brush to a big and soft edged brush. Change the range in the option bar to highlights then paint the edges of the arms to make it darker.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 443px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_18.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now change the range to midtones and paint some shadows.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 530px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_19.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now change the range to shadows and burn the areas that you feel needs to be darker to add depth.&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 503px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_20.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 12 – Add a rusty grunge texture&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open the image of the rusty texture and place it into the image of the alien. To do this, choose Select &gt; All then Edit &gt; Copy. Close the image of the texture to go back to the alien image. Choose Edit &gt; Paste to paste the texture as a new layer.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 449px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_21.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode to multiply then use the erase tool to erase the areas around the face so that the texture only affects the background.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 415px;" title="image" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_22.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is our completed image. We added more red abstract lines on the eyes using the same technique in step 9.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 437px;" title="Alien Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Alien Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/createanalien_12737/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-8011439348023722268?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/8011439348023722268/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/alien-photo-manipulation.html#comment-form' title='2 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8011439348023722268'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8011439348023722268'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/alien-photo-manipulation.html' title='Alien Photo Manipulation'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>2</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4334589708096735900</id><published>2009-06-26T00:24:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-27T13:41:52.011+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Busines'/><title type='text'>Make PayPal for free without having to have a credit card</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://tbn2.google.com/images?q=tbn:FpVGC9fV3BRaXM:http://www.thinkfinancial.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/credit-card.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 126px; height: 113px;" src="http://tbn2.google.com/images?q=tbn:FpVGC9fV3BRaXM:http://www.thinkfinancial.com/blog/wp-content/uploads/2008/08/credit-card.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Perhaps all that many people already have PayPal. But many may also verify that belon was needed because PayPalnya credit card to verify. But now the period has changed, the year has been changed .. Everything is now completely automated. wah kok story only .. Simply ..&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Payoneer card is able to verify your PayPal for free you have to do that is first in the list friendfinder and you will get a Payoneer debit card you can create a Paypal verification.&lt;br /&gt;You can get a debit card free of a Royal Bank of Scotland. The card is very useful to verified paypal, the money from your earnings at this site or do other affiliates throughout the world, the ATM berlogo mastercard.&lt;br /&gt;You do not need to kwatir! card page legal, safe and reliable, and most importantly free. Now how do I get a card and earn here? Read carefully and follow the steps.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First steps first list: &lt;a href="http://friendfinder.com/go/g1109325-pmem" target="_blank"&gt;HERE&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then, click Join Now&lt;br /&gt;Fill your data with the full.&lt;br /&gt;I am a: Man if you are men, women, Woman, if you&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;Interested in a meeteng: Man if you want to explore / dg are male, some female woman, or you can select both of them.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;For: Friendship (are), Dating (ketemuan), Serious relationship (serious relationship), Marriage (married), you can select more than one, can also select all.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Birthdate: Date of your birth.&lt;br /&gt;Country: your country.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Zip / Postal code: Leave blank, if you are than in the United States (U.S. only)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Email Address: Fill in your email&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Username: your username between 4 to 16 characters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then click Click Here and Have Fun&lt;br /&gt;After that you enter next ketahap.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;City: City where you live&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Closest City: Same as above&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;State: Your Province&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Height: Your Highest&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Body Type: Type of your body&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Race: Race your race or if you usually is Asia&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Marital Status:'s your wedding&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Religion: Religion You&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Education: Education last you&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Your Occupation: Your Employment eg Adiministrasi, if your employees, if you're the Business etc..&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Introduction Title: Title about you, eg: I am a Man, or I like Playing Football, it's up to you. Minimum 10 characters&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tell others about yourself: mention about you, for example: I am a good women, I like swimming and my hobby playing football, computer, fitness, and others, i love new friends, minimum 50 characters.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;If you already have photos, please in the upload, click browse ago I find the file containing your photo. If you do not have fota you can empty the first, later you can fill it again.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then click Click to Join. So there will be a incoming email in your email.&lt;br /&gt;After that, open your email, then click Activate Now&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;So you have activated, if you want to fill some login username and password you have in your email.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;After that come out first, with the click log out.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Second STEP:&lt;a href="https://secure.friendfinder.com/p/partners/main.cgi?who=UmFuZG9tSVZL6XGpVUF2LqJqLPNwZevo5BH89/MMgEphgWWa0Zzu888lSQ4bZouKa9ey_n/LaDsnoo6rvOBWXPrhayNZpt4_TO5xGes2r1vdXKTZ2hWMs7Cg4MMAloJ8tCpK7Fe1dICtiiDkcrEsofs8M3WBkelDTKzeGyMmbSlmo7j2arVs3a3G9Ea1/iFrrZqnryezAHEHq36UVp/zYqa_s5m2VkDnqmZsLOSOylFelYbTGkP_cQskICDgk0aVOqyHK8V4blWzXnI0iZ0fwqrWulD4MoPAhpXsyDvHWoUY6XhTbVLr71sDCJcuNs0Ghd7mQcwRW255JcbHqKXDF6lORu7aI9JKnurwMt4itEoBop6oZSj0Ger0sJPYNgRLDZoVS1Ilrpw-&amp;site=ff" target="_blank"&gt; HERE&lt;/a&gt; Program Affiliati For You&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Affiliate Program menu in the Options&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Affiliate Signup click, you have 3 options to select the one, the same three options that&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then you just enter the next menu:&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Preferred Program: Choose the no 1&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;First Name: Your first name&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Last Name: Name of your final&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;URL: Website / your blog, you must fill in, if you have not already, make the first in blogger.com, paing free and easy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Desired Password: Password you want your&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Preferred Newsletter Language: English&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Email Address: Enter your email&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Secondary Email Address: Email you the other, may also cleared&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Checks payable to: Your full name according to your ID card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Street Address: Address your ID card&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;City: City where you live&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;State / Province: province where you live&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Country: your country&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;ZIP / Postal Code: Zip your town&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;What is your business tax Classification? Clear as to United States residents only&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Tax ID or Social Security Number: Clear as for United States citizens only&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Phone Number: No telp you, for example, you no telp: 021 1234567 and 6221 1234567 or make no hp then you 081xxxxx a 6281xxxxx. (Must use code 62, code that is telphone Indonesia)&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Which Instant Messenger do you use? Just select None&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Use ePassporte: Select only No&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Please give us your comments: Make your comment for example: Heloo. I like it. Thank You, or you want to write up what is important in the English language.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then click Click Here for the Last Step&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then click the small box you have any posts&lt;br /&gt;Yes, I have read and accepted the Affiliate Agreement, ... ... ..&lt;br /&gt;Then click Submit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then click on Account Information&lt;br /&gt;Then I click on the blue any posts Here is your account information. Click here to update your information.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;click Payoneer: Signup to be paid by Prepaid MasterCard ®. You will be directed to FriendFinder a page hosted by Payoneer, where you can sign up for a card.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Then fill in the data on your Payoneer page, (to be more easily select only your ID card ID that is). After you watch Fill approximately 20 days until your card in your home, after a debit card until you follow the instructions aktivasilah ago I have sent you disurat dg with your card. Nah gampangkan ..&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Only a member of FriendFinder you can be a debit card from payoneer, if you list directly on the payoner You can not get it because the country does not have to Indonesia.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Look at your email again, there you will be given a username and password for the affiliate. Login as a member as affiliate login dg is different.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Join with you in the affiliate FriendFinder is automatically join the network all FrindFinder, byk once was, there adultfrindfinder, asiafriendfinder, etc., the element of this porno site but we only take the benefits only. I did not invite you to berporno ria, but only take the benefits only, which is a debit card and dolarnya.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Friendfinder this we will pay 1 dollar to join the male member and the member for 2 Dollar women who join us through the ad references, why do more expensive it is, may be due to the fact more men are happy to explore haal-sexy things like that&lt;br /&gt;And now a special program to provide adultfriendfinder PPC (pay per click), akan tentunnya increase your earning from every visitor click the banner to the most sexy Pajang on our website-blog. Indeed, it is more so that we make maximum blog or website to install the special adult friendfinder this banner ad, so that visitors click on the opportunities greater.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Payoneer debit cards can be used for this activation paypal, but if the funds have been filled. Minimal funds charged $ 2 so you can wait a commission payment can be used in the new life.&lt;br /&gt;Payoneer card is usually sent to the address to us about 20 hours -1 week and this card is the withdrawal physical mastercard. Please join and happy hunting dollars. &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4334589708096735900?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4334589708096735900/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/05/make-paypal-for-free-without-having-to.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4334589708096735900'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4334589708096735900'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/05/make-paypal-for-free-without-having-to.html' title='Make PayPal for free without having to have a credit card'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4154639319804286473</id><published>2009-06-25T19:17:00.000+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-27T13:49:52.599+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Cool Photography Layout</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/cool-photography-layout_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/cool-photography-layout_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;In this Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to design a simple blue layout with Photoshop by combining shapes and layer styles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Step 1&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;First of all create a new document with the dimensions: 1080 by 880 pixels. Now we are going to fill in the background with a solid colour by going Edit &gt; Fill, and use the colour #CDECFF.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step1.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 2&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are now going to be creating the navigation background. Create a new layer (Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer) and using the rounded rectangle tool make a selection (860 by 120 pixels) in the center, at the top of the document so that only the bottom curves are showing (hide the top ones outside the document by moving the selection up). Fill (Edit &gt; Fill) the selection with the colour #151515 using the same method we used in the first step.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 407px;" alt="step2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step2.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 3&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;On the navigation background layer go Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Gradient Overlay and enter in the settings below. Clicking on the picture beside "Gradient:" brings up the window on the top.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 499px;" alt="step3a" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step3a.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now your navigation should be looking like this:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 407px;" alt="step3b" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step3b.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 4&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to be adding in some text links to act as the navigation for the site. Select the text tool from the tool box and add in some names of pages that you'd have for a photography site. I've chosen home, about, portfolio, services and contact. The font I've used is Verdana (16pt) and the colours are #EAEAEA for the links and #010101 for the bars between the links.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 407px;" alt="step4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 5&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next up we are going to be adding in the logo / header for the site. So create a new layer and using the rounded rectangle tool again make a selection of about 200 by 240 pixels (with a radius of 10 pixels) on the right hand side of the navigation, and using the technique we used for the navigation background make it so that only the bottom curves are showing (not the top ones). Select the gradient tool and set it to radial. Set your foreground colour to #E0E1E1 and your background to #F1F1F1, fill the selection with a gradient (left click somewhere near the top center and drag to the bottom and release).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 407px;" alt="step5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 6&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to be adding a layer style (an outer glow) to the logo background. To do this we go Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Outer Glow. I've used the settings below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 377px;" alt="step6a" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step6a.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Your layout should now be looking like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 407px;" alt="step6b" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step6b.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 7&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Using the text tool add the name of the site and a small description underneath. I've made up a name "PhotoSmart" for the site and the description is "Professional Photography" - alliteration :) The colorus I have used are #272727 (for the darker colour) and #7b7b7b (for the lighter colour).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step7.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 8&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to be doing the actual logo of the logo ;) If you don't want to make a shape from scratch for your logo, just use a custom shape from Photoshop. I've filled my tick with the colour #85c7ff and added a small white outer glow (Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Outer Glow).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 9&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer (Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer) for the top content background area. Using the rounded rectangle tool make a selection of 860 by 590 pixels and fill (Edit &gt; Fill) with #181818.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 407px;" alt="step9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 10&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create another new layer and make a rounded selection of 860 by 400 pixels at the bottom of the background (leave a 10 pixel margin at the bottom). Fill this selection with white (#FFFFFF).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step10.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 11&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add in some fill in text for the top content area. The colour I have used for the titles is #85C7FF.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step11.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 12&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to be adding a divider between the two paragraphs. On a new layer make a selection of 40 by 180 pixels (however high it is between the top and bottom of the black section). Fill the selection with a linear gradient from #181818 to #1e1e1e using the gradient tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step12.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 13&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the divider layer and go Edit &gt; Transform &gt; Flip Horizontally. Move the duplicated layer to the right so there is a one pixel gap between the original and the duplicate.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step13.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 14&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add in some fill in and footer text in the white content area and you are complete.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step14.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add some finishing touches, maybe a brush in the background underneath the navigation and you're complete. Click on the image below to see the full version.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step15full_3.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 407px;" alt="step15-full" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CoolPhotographyLayout_F9AB/step15full.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4154639319804286473?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4154639319804286473/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/cool-photography-layout.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4154639319804286473'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4154639319804286473'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/cool-photography-layout.html' title='Cool Photography Layout'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-2941774640568040077</id><published>2009-06-17T10:02:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-17T10:09:50.125+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Games'/><title type='text'>E3: Final Fantasy XIV Online Announced for the PlayStation 3 and PC</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Sixv5LmmbBI/AAAAAAAAAXs/GKtPC7zd5xw/captured_Image.png%5B6%5D.gif?imgmax=800"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 143px; height: 97px;" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Sixv5LmmbBI/AAAAAAAAAXs/GKtPC7zd5xw/captured_Image.png%5B6%5D.gif?imgmax=800" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Online games are among the most profitable genres of videogames on the market as they can squeeze profit from their loyal fans by using a big number of ways, from subscription fees to unique content or items.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;That is why when Square Enix revealed a few years ago Final Fantasy XI Online, the first MMO take on a Final Fantasy game from the company, it became extremely popular. Recently, the Japanese company, in order to heal Sony's wounds after revealing that Final Fantasy XIII would be coming to both its PS3 and its archrival the Xbox 360, revealed Final Fantasy XIV Online. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;But even though it will be console exclusive for the PlayStation 3, the online game will also appear on the PC, in order to bank in on the massive number of MMO players using that platform for their online gaming needs. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Set in the magical realm of Eorzea, Final Fantasy XIV promises to take players on a truly spectacular journey, some adventures and quests in order to transform them into heroes. Sadly, no concrete information about gameplay, story or other such things has been offered but the game has already been pegged for a worldwide release in 2010, and it will come with language support for Japanese, English, French and German players, guaranteeing a large fan base. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Out of the staff that is working on the game we find the producer of Final Fantasy XI Hiromichi Tanaka, as well as the director of the same title, Nobuaki Komoto. The art of the game will be handled by Final Fantasy XII Art director Akihiko Yoshida. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Overall, Final Fantasy XIV seems to be a very interesting take on the online JRPG genre, one which, if we take into account the large popularity that its MMO predecessor FF XI has been enjoying, will go on to be a best seller.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;As quoted from : softpedia.com&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-2941774640568040077?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/2941774640568040077/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/e3-final-fantasy-xiv-online-announced.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2941774640568040077'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2941774640568040077'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/e3-final-fantasy-xiv-online-announced.html' title='E3: Final Fantasy XIV Online Announced for the PlayStation 3 and PC'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Sixv5LmmbBI/AAAAAAAAAXs/GKtPC7zd5xw/s72-c/captured_Image.png%5B6%5D.gif?imgmax=800' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-1858791120706237494</id><published>2009-06-17T08:40:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-17T09:49:47.377+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Programming'/><title type='text'>Artisteer – The Automated Web Designer</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Si2-6LNtv1I/AAAAAAAAAX0/EUfr3ut1KB8/captured_Image.png%5B8%5D.gif?imgmax=800"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 210px; height: 182px;" src="http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Si2-6LNtv1I/AAAAAAAAAX0/EUfr3ut1KB8/captured_Image.png%5B8%5D.gif?imgmax=800" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;With Artisteer YOU immediately become a Web design expert, editing and slicing graphics, coding XHTML and CSS, and creating Web Design Templates, joomla templates, drupal themes and wordpress themes - all in minutes, without Photoshop or Dreamweaver, and no technical skills. &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Artisteer is the first and only Web design automation product that instantly creates fantastic looking, unique website templates and blog themes.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p align="justify"&gt;- Design awesome WordPress Blogs, professional Joomla! and Drupal templates, and cool Website designs in Minutes&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;- Easy to Use&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;- No need to learn Photoshop, CSS, HTML or other technologies&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;- Export as Wordpress Theme or CMS Template&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3 align="justify"&gt;Top 10 reasons to use Artisteer&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;1. Generate cool Web design ideas. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;2. Adjust generated designs to create great looking Web and Blog templates. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;3. Create perfectly correct, validated HTML and CSS that conform to Web standards. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;4. You don't need to learn Photoshop, CSS, HTML and other Web technologies to create great looking designs, including images and buttons. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;5. If you are a Web designer, generate ideas, prototypes and quick Websites for your clients and friends. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;6. Choose and use many included design elements, from backgrounds to photo objects and buttons. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;7. Automatically solve problems with image aliasing, Web browser compatibility and other details requiring time and knowledge. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;8. Learn how to create professional HTML and CSS code. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;9. Save money on Wordpress Themes and Web design templates. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;     &lt;div align="justify"&gt;10. If you don't have the time, hire your kids to create great looking web design for you. &lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p align="justify"&gt;Trial Version : &lt;a href="http://www.artisteer.com/?p=downloads" target="_blank"&gt;Download&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-1858791120706237494?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/1858791120706237494/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/artisteer-automated-web-designer.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1858791120706237494'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1858791120706237494'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/artisteer-automated-web-designer.html' title='Artisteer – The Automated Web Designer'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><media:thumbnail xmlns:media='http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/' url='http://lh3.ggpht.com/_JinBsxeKwxY/Si2-6LNtv1I/AAAAAAAAAX0/EUfr3ut1KB8/s72-c/captured_Image.png%5B8%5D.gif?imgmax=800' height='72' width='72'/><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7024918096995435981</id><published>2009-06-16T14:18:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T14:29:51.856+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Special Effects'/><title type='text'>Digital Display</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/digital-display_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/digital-display_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Turn an image into a high-tech digital art. From a distance, it will look like a LED display image but viewing up close will reveal the tiny details. &lt;em&gt;Note: Make sure that the image is in RGB color mode. To switch to RGB color mode, click on RGB Color under the Image&gt; Mode menu.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/em&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Prepare the Image&lt;/h2&gt;       &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Open an image you would like to edit. Or, you may use the &lt;a href="http://www.istockphoto.com/file_closeup.php?id=348159"&gt;image used in this tutorial&lt;/a&gt; (from iStockPhoto). Using a low-resolution image is fine.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Bowling Pin Photo" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/iStock_000000348159Small.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;If you're using a low resolution image, use the Image Size tool to increase the dimensions. We recommend at least 2000 pixels wide and tall for better clarity in the final result.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tip: Ensure that the "Resample Image" checkbox is checked to allow scaling the actual pixel dimensions.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Image Size Tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/image-size.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Convert Image into a Grid of Circles&lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Add a Mosaic filter (Filter&gt; Pixelate&gt; Mosaic) with a cell size of 8 square.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Mosaic Filter" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/mosaic.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges)&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Find Edges Filter Applied" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/find-edges.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;To warp the edges into circles, we'll use the Median filter. Apply a Median filter (Filter&gt; Noise&gt; Median) with radius of 2 pixels.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Median Filter Tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/median.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Select the Magic Wand tool (W) and apply these settings:       &lt;br /&gt;Tolerance: 8        &lt;br /&gt;Anti-Alias: Checked        &lt;br /&gt;Contiguous: Checked&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Magic Wand Settings" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/magic-wand.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Use the Magic Wand tool to click on a white area. Inverse the selection (Select&gt; Inverse or Shift+Ctrl+I)&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Apply another Median filter (Filter&gt; Noise&gt; Median) but with a Radius of 3 pixels.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Median Filter" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/median-2.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Deselect (Select&gt; Deselect or Ctrl+D) and apply an Auto Levels (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Auto Levels or Shift+Ctrl+L)&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Auto Levels Applied" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/auto-levels.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I) &lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Inverted Image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/invert.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the current layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J), change the blending mode of the new layer to Overlay, then Merge the layers (Layer&gt; Merge Layers or Ctrl+E).&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Create Outlines&lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the background current layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer) and change the blending mode of the new layer to Screen.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Duplicated Layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/duplicate-layer-screen.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges).&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Find Edges Filter Applied" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/find-edges-2.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I).&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Inverted Layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/invert-edges.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h2&gt;Colorize&lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Add a new Hue/Saturation adjustment layer (Layer&gt; New Adjustment Layer&gt; Hue/Saturation). For this step, I will use these settings:&lt;br /&gt;Colorize: Checked        &lt;br /&gt;Hue: 100        &lt;br /&gt;Saturation: 100&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tip: This step is optional and may be skipped if you do not want to colorize the image. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Photoshop Hue/Saturation Adjustment Layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/hue-saturation.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Final Results &lt;/h2&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Multicolor version&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Rollover the image below to see the before and after effect.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/iStock_000000348159Small.jpg';" title="Final Results" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results.jpg';" alt="Final Results" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h4&gt;100% crop&lt;/h4&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Final Results 100%" alt="Final Results 100%" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-100.gif" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h3&gt;Colorized Version&lt;/h3&gt;      &lt;p&gt;Rollover the image below to see the before and after effect.&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;a onclick="window.open('http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2-full.png','Digital Photoshop Tutorial','scrollbars=yes,resizable=yes,status=yes,width=630,height=460,left='+(screen.availWidth/2-315)+',top='+(screen.availHeight/2-230)+'');return false;" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/special-effects/digital-display/page-4.html#"&gt;&lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2-100.gif';" title="final-results-2-full" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2.gif';" alt="final-results-2-full" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-2.gif" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;h4&gt;Image when printed&lt;/h4&gt;      &lt;p&gt; &lt;img title="Printed Final Results" alt="Printed Final Results" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-digital.gif" width="350" border="0" height="345" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; use the Median filter. Apply a Median filter (Filter&gt; Noise&gt; Median) with radius of 2 pixels.     &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}     &lt;br /&gt;   &lt;div class="article-content"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Magic Wand tool (W) and apply these settings:    &lt;br /&gt;Tolerance: 8     &lt;br /&gt;Anti-Alias: Checked     &lt;br /&gt;Contiguous: Checked     &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;Use the Magic Wand tool to click on a white area. Inverse the selection (Select&gt; Inverse or Shift+Ctrl+I)    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;Apply another Median filter (Filter&gt; Noise&gt; Median) but with a Radius of 3 pixels.    &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;Deselect (Select&gt; Deselect or Ctrl+D) and apply an Auto Levels (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Auto Levels or Shift+Ctrl+L)    &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage} &lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;Invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I) {mosimage} &lt;/li&gt;    &lt;li&gt;Duplicate the current layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J), change the blending mode of the new layer to Overlay, then Merge the layers (Layer&gt; Merge Layers or Ctrl+E).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Create Outlines&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Duplicate the background current layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer) and change the blending mode of the new layer to Screen.    &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges).    &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}     &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I).    &lt;br /&gt;{mosimage}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Colorize&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add a new Hue/Saturation adjustment layer (Layer&gt; New Adjustment Layer&gt; Hue/Saturation). For this step, I will use these settings:&lt;br /&gt;Colorize: Checked     &lt;br /&gt;Hue: 100     &lt;br /&gt;Saturation: 100     &lt;br /&gt;{mostip image=tipon}This step is optional and may be skipped if you do not want to colorize the image. {/mostip} {mosimage}&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!-- google_ad_client = "pub-9369822145460785"; /* Photoshop Tutorials - Bottom */ google_ad_slot = "8887386161"; google_ad_width = 336; google_ad_height = 280; //--&gt; &lt;/script&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt; &lt;/script&gt;&lt;script&gt;window.google_render_ad();&lt;/script&gt;&lt;ins style="border: medium none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; display: inline-table; height: 280px; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 336px;"&gt;&lt;ins style="border: medium none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; display: block; height: 280px; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 336px;"&gt;&lt;iframe allowtransparency="true" hspace="0" id="google_ads_frame5" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" name="google_ads_frame" src="http://googleads.g.doubleclick.net/pagead/ads?client=ca-pub-9369822145460785&amp;amp;dt=1245146200233&amp;amp;lmt=1245136977&amp;amp;prev_slotnames=0535779217%2C1284658915%2C1284658915%2C8887386161&amp;amp;output=html&amp;amp;slotname=8887386161&amp;amp;correlator=1245146199157&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fphotoshoptutorials.ws%2Fphotoshop-tutorials%2Fspecial-effects%2Fdigital-display%2Fpage-4.html&amp;amp;ref=http%3A%2F%2Fphotoshoptutorials.ws%2Fphotoshop-tutorials%2Fspecial-effects%2Fdigital-display%2Fpage-3.html&amp;amp;frm=0&amp;amp;ga_vid=2111064476.1244965756&amp;amp;ga_sid=1245142801&amp;amp;ga_hid=2126599112&amp;amp;ga_fc=true&amp;amp;flash=10.0.12&amp;amp;w=336&amp;amp;h=280&amp;amp;u_h=768&amp;amp;u_w=1024&amp;amp;u_ah=738&amp;amp;u_aw=1024&amp;amp;u_cd=32&amp;amp;u_tz=270&amp;amp;u_his=4&amp;amp;u_nplug=7&amp;amp;u_nmime=22&amp;amp;dtd=4&amp;amp;xpc=mz3ihq3xwd&amp;amp;p=http%3A//photoshoptutorials.ws" style="left: 0pt; position: absolute; top: 0pt;" vspace="0" scrolling="no" width="336" frameborder="0" height="280"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;{mospagebreak title=Final Results}   &lt;h2&gt;Final Results   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;div class="mosimage" align="center"&gt;&lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/iStock_000000348159Small.jpg';" title="Final Results" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results.jpg';" alt="Final Results" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;     &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt; Final results    &lt;br /&gt;(Rollover the image with your cursor to see the image before the Digital Photoshop effect was applied. )   &lt;/div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;  &lt;div class="mosimage" align="center"&gt;&lt;img title="Final Results 100%" alt="Final Results 100%" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-100.gif" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;     &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt; Final results closeup    &lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt; &lt;/div&gt; &lt;br /&gt; &lt;div class="mosimage" align="center"&gt;&lt;a onclick="window.open('http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2-full.png','Digital Photoshop Tutorial','scrollbars=yes,resizable=yes,status=yes,width=630,height=460,left='+(screen.availWidth/2-315)+',top='+(screen.availHeight/2-230)+'');return false;" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/special-effects/digital-display/page-4.html#"&gt;&lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2-100.gif';" title="final-results-2-full" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Special Effects/Digital/final-results-2.gif';" alt="final-results-2-full" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-2.gif" width="350" border="0" height="262" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;     &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;  Colorized final results    &lt;br /&gt;(Rollover the Image with your cursor to zoom in. Click to view full image) &lt;/div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;  &lt;div class="mosimage" align="center"&gt;&lt;img title="Printed Final Results" alt="Printed Final Results" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Digital/final-results-digital.gif" width="350" border="0" height="345" hspace="6" /&gt;     &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;Final results when printed &lt;/div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7024918096995435981?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7024918096995435981/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/digital-display.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7024918096995435981'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7024918096995435981'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/digital-display.html' title='Digital Display'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7382625757088622294</id><published>2009-06-16T13:46:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T13:52:53.623+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Special Effects'/><title type='text'>Circuit Board</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/circuit-board_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/circuit-board_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Transform a regular photo into a high-tech artwork made up of blocks and connectors resembling a circuit board.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Creating the Blocks&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;First, we'll create convert the image to blocks using a combination of Photoshop filters.  &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open a photo you would like to edit. We recommend using a high resolution image of at least 1000x1000 pixels. It is also fine to upscale a low resolution image before using this effect.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="This photo will be used to create the Circuit Board Photoshop effect." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/000000000172.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Duplicated Layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/duplicate-layer.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Activate the top layer and apply a Mosaic filter (Filter&gt; Pixelate&gt; Mosaic) with a cell size of 16 square.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/mosaic.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Find Edges filter applied." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/find-edges.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a Median filter (Filter&gt; Noise&gt; Median) with a radius of 2 pixels.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="The Median Filter" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/median.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a Minimum filter (Filter&gt; Other&gt; Minimum) with a radius by 4 pixels.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="The Minimum Filter" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/minimum.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Inverted Layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/invert.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Adding an Outline to the Blocks&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the blocks created, we'll add a simple outline around them. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the top layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J) and change the blending mode of the new layer to Screen.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Layer duplicated and blending mode set to Screen." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/duplicate-layer-screen.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Find Edges filter applied." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/find-edges-2.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;  Invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I) and the outline should blend into the image. One last thing to do is to reduce the opacity&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Creating the Connectors &lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We're almost done with the effect. All we need to do now is add the connectors. This is a simple process using a few Photoshop filters. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the Background layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J) and move it to the top.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Layer inverted and opacity set to 25%." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/invert-opacity.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a Mosaic filter (Filter&gt; Pixelate&gt; Mosaic) with a cell size of 16 square.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Layer duplicated and moved to top." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/duplicate-layer-move-top.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Activate the new top layer and apply a Median filter with a radius of 8 pixels.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="The Median Filter" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/median-2.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;As you might have guessed, we'll now apply a Find Edges filter (Filter&gt; Stylize&gt; Find Edges).  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Find Edges filter applied." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/find-edges-3.jpg" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, invert the current layer (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Invert or Ctrl+I) and change the blending mode to Screen.  &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="Layer inverted and blending mode changed to Screen." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/invert-screen.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Colorizing the Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This step is optional. If you would like to colorize the final results, follow this step: &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Add a new Hue/Saturation adjustment layer (Layer&gt; New Adjustment Layer&gt; Hue/Saturation) as the top layer. Checkmark Colorize and apply your desired color settings. Here are the settings I've used for this step:&lt;br /&gt;Colorize: Checked   &lt;br /&gt;Hue: 100   &lt;br /&gt;Saturation: 100   &lt;br /&gt;Lightness: 0   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="The Hue/Saturation Tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/hue-saturation.gif" border="0" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Rollover the images below to see the before and after effect.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Photo Effects/Circuit Board/000000000172.jpg';" title="Circuit Board" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Photo Effects/Circuit Board/final-results.jpg';" alt="Circuit Board" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/final-results.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="233" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;img title="final-results-full" alt="final-results-full" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/final-results-100.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="233" hspace="6" /&gt; &lt;a onclick="window.open('http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/final-results-green-full.jpg','','');return false;" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/special-effects/circuit-board/page-4.html#"&gt;&lt;img onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Photo Effects/Circuit Board/final-results-green-100.jpg';" title="Circuit Board" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop Tutorials/Photo Effects/Circuit Board/final-results-green.jpg';" alt="Circuit Board" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Photo%20Effects/Circuit%20Board/final-results-green.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="233" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7382625757088622294?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7382625757088622294/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/circuit-board.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7382625757088622294'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7382625757088622294'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/circuit-board.html' title='Circuit Board'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7828194493789628197</id><published>2009-06-16T13:38:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T13:45:56.419+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Special Effects'/><title type='text'>Disco Tiles</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/disco-tiles_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/disco-tiles_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Tired of old boring prints? Try out this fun photo effect on your photos that you can print out to impress your friends. From a distance, it will look like a normal photo but view the printed image up close and you'll see an abstract mosaic pattern that resembles a disco floor. This Photoshop effect is also great for enlarging low resolution photos into poster-size prints.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;img style="width: 418px; height: 350px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/final-22.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Disco Tiles Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Run Photoshop and open the photo you would like to add this effect to into Photoshop. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 419px; height: 375px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/open.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next, we need to resize the image to the final output size that we would like to print at. Enter the width and height for the document size and specify the resolution. You can set the resampling method to Nearest Neighbor to speed up this process. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/resize.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Before we continue, zoom out so that you can see the whole image. Now open the Filter&gt; Pixelate menu and select Mosaic. In the Mosaic filter tool, adjust the cell size to the largest possible that will retain important details. If you are working on a portrait, you can simply look at the eyes as you adjust the cell size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 417px; height: 250px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/pixelate.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The image is pixelated, but it doesn't look very special. So before we continue, we'll curve the edges for a more contemporary effect. To do this, open the Filter&gt; Noise menu and select Median. Adjust the radius of the filter until you get the rounded corners that you like. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/median.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We're done creating the tile pattern, so we'll work on creating the outline now. Duplicate the layer by pressing Ctrl+J or opening the Layer menu and selecting Duplicate. Next, change the blending mode of the new layer to Screen. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/duplicate-layer-screen.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Apply a find edges filter by opening the Filter&gt; Stylize menu and selecting Find Edges. This filter draws an outline of the edges. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 375px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/find-edges.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Press Ctrl+I or open the Image&gt; Adjustments menu and select Invert. The outline should be blended into the photo. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 375px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/invert.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The tiles and outline effect is now complete. But the effect looks flat and boring. In the next steps, we'll enhance it using a new layer that will add depth and a glow effect to the tiles. First, press Shift+Ctrl+E or open the Layer menu and select Merge Visible. This will create a duplicate of the image as a single layer. Change the blending mode to Overlay. By adding a duplicate of the image with an Overlay blending mode, we can increase the contrast which will enhance the appearance of depth in the tiles. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/duplicate-layer-overlay.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 9 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we'll add a dramatic glow to the tiles. Before we begin, zoom in to 100% so that you can see the individual tiles. Open the Filter&gt; Blur menu and select Gaussian Blur. In the Gaussian Blur filter tool, adjust the radius so that the tiles create a soft glow effect. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 411px; height: 250px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/gaussian-blur.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We're done! But here's one more step in case you feel that the outline is too thin and you would like to thicken it. Open the Filter&gt; Other menu and select Maximum. Adjust the radius slightly to increase the size of the outline. Click OK when done. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 410px; height: 250px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/maximum.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Original Photo&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 417px; height: 300px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/before2.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Disco Tiles Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;&lt;img style="width: 417px; height: 300px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/final.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 413px; height: 350px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/final-2.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 417px; height: 250px;" alt="undefined" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Special%20Effects/Disco%20Tiles/final-result-closeup.jpg" border="undefined" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7828194493789628197?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7828194493789628197/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/disco-tiles.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7828194493789628197'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7828194493789628197'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/disco-tiles.html' title='Disco Tiles'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-2491253278205592131</id><published>2009-06-16T12:16:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T12:25:23.088+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Text Effects'/><title type='text'>Decorating Text</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Creating text and then decorating it is often a daunting task, not knowing what colors to use and how to achieve effective results with the resources you have is often hard to overcome. Keeping your text simple but still having it stand out is an art in itself. Here we learn lots of techniques on decorating text like using textures, brushes and patterns. Pick and mix which techniques you use or just try all of them and end up with an image like this.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;     &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 348px;" alt="clip_image002" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image002.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Decorating Text Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image006" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image006.jpg" width="258" align="right" border="0" height="258" /&gt;Before we start on the actual image, we first need to create a simple pattern which we will use later. Create a new document with dimensions 20x20px then go edit&gt;preferences&gt;grid... and use these settings. Create a new layer (Shift+Ctrl+N), hide the background layer then set the foreground color to #808080. Now recreate the image shown here using whatever method you feel comfortable with, the polygonal lasso tool is a good choice for what we want to achieve. Now save the pattern by going edit&gt;define pattern, after saving, close this document. When making patterns like this one it is important to make sure that they will repeat when tiled, there are various methods of achieving this like the offset filter, however with a pattern this simple it easy enough just to visualize it. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 320px;" alt="clip_image004" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image004.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image008" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image008.jpg" width="253" align="right" border="0" height="289" /&gt;Create a new document, this time with dimensions of 1024x768px then select the gradient tool (G) and open the gradient editor. Click the arrow in the presets box and choose pastels, select the first gradient in this set. Using a linear gradient drag from the bottom of the page to the top, holding Shift to keep it vertical. Lastly change the opacity of this layer to 75%. A gradient is always a strong way to begin a piece like this but does require a texture over it. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image010" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image010.jpg" width="169" border="0" height="127" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image012" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image012.jpg" width="169" align="right" border="0" height="127" /&gt;Here we will create our background texture, first find a simple image of clouds, the one I used can be found &lt;a href="http://www.sxc.hu/photo/784742"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Copy and paste this image then resize it to fit the page. Next invert the colors (Ctrl+I) and set the blending mode to screen. Now add a bit more depth to the background by doing exactly the same with another image of clouds like &lt;a href="http://www.sxc.hu/photo/270213"&gt;this one&lt;/a&gt;. When adding a texture to any piece on Photoshop, always experiment with all the blending modes as some will look better than others depending on the texture you use.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Before you start on the foreground, a good idea is to set up some swatches that you will use regularly throughout this piece. Double click on the foreground color and create a swatch of these three colors; #b5005e, #39d336, #00baff. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image014" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image014.jpg" width="307" border="0" height="204" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image016" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image016.jpg" width="191" align="right" border="0" height="198" /&gt;Okay now for the text, start by creating a new layer group named 'foreground', it will become clear why we did this later on. Select the text tool (T) and draw a text box that goes from the left of the page to the right. Type your text in then highlight it all and go window&gt;character to bring up the character settings. Use all the same settings as shown here. The reason for the wide character spacing is to allow enough space for the borders we will add. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image018" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image018.jpg" width="341" border="0" height="256" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Right click on the text layer and select blending options and add a drop shadow, outer glow, bevel and emboss, color overlay, pattern overlay and a stroke. Use the settings shown below. You will notice that, although we used the drop shadow and the outer glow, we just mimicked the effect produced by a stroke. The blending options can be very powerful when used in this way so take words like drop shadow as a guideline rather than an instruction.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image020" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image020.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image022" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image022.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image024" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image024.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image026" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image026.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image028" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image028.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image030" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image030.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="clip_image032" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image032.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="295" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image034" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image034.jpg" width="236" align="right" border="0" height="177" /&gt;The next few steps will show how to add some goo and drips to the text. Set the foreground color to the purple swatch then create a new layer group named goo directly below the text, still within the foreground group. Create a new layer within this group (Shift+Ctrl+N). Use the line shape tool (U) and create lines like the ones shown here, make some with the weight set at 2px and some with weight at 3px to add some variety. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer within the goo group. Select the brush tool (B) and use a round brush with a size of 3px and a hardness of 100%. Zoom in to about 400% and draw some droplets at the bottom of each line, also draw some beads of liquid on the line.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image036" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image036.jpg" width="236" border="0" height="198" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image038" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image038.jpg" width="236" align="right" border="0" height="168" /&gt;Create another new layer within the goo group. Using the same brush, decorate the text a little more to achieve a result similar to below. This step can take a few tries to get right but is quite enjoyable at the same time.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image040" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image040.jpg" width="236" border="0" height="177" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;If you try Ctrl+clicking on the text layer you will notice that the selection will not include the border around the text, this will become a problem in the next few steps as you will see. The easiest way to overcome this is to first duplicate the text layer then drag it below the original text, now create a new layer directly below the new text layer then select the new text layer and merge it down (Ctrl+E) then name it 'selection'. Now if you Ctrl+click this layer you will notice the selection covers the border of the text and we also still have our original text which can be edited easily.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 251px;" alt="clip_image042" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image042.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image044" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image044.jpg" width="293" align="right" border="0" height="220" /&gt;Create a new layer group named lines, this time above the text layer although still in the foreground group. Create a new layer then select the pen tool and draw path, making sure to hold and drag after each point to ensure the path is smooth. Next right click on the path and select stroke path and don't check simulate pressure. The result should be similar to below. On these brushes, using simulate pressure will blend out both ends of the line which is not what we want here.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now select the eraser (E) and use a 100px diameter, 0% hardness and 30% opacity to fade out the end of the line. Also use the blur tool (R) with a similar brush to blur some parts of the line.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image046" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image046.jpg" width="205" border="0" height="121" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image048" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image048.jpg" width="205" border="0" height="132" /&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we will use that layer we created back in step 10 to remove parts of this line accurately. The concept behind this method is to use our selection layer to select all our text then create a new selection manually and intersect these selections, let’s see how it works. &lt;img alt="clip_image052" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image052.jpg" width="66" align="left" border="0" height="28" /&gt;First Ctrl+click on the selection layer then select the polygonal lasso tool (L) and in the main toolbar change it to intersect mode. Choose a part of the line that you want behind the text then draw round that part of the text then select the layer with the line in it and hit Delete. So in the image here, I want the line to go behind the left part of the 'H', note that I didn’t draw accurately around the 'H' this is because only the parts included in both selections will become our final selection. Continue using this method for other parts of the line to give the impression it weaving in and out of the text.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image050" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image050.jpg" width="286" border="0" height="223" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image054" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image054.jpg" width="286" border="0" height="214" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image056" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image056.jpg" width="99" align="right" border="0" height="84" /&gt;Try adding some more lines using the same method shown in the last three steps. Try also changing the brush size to either 2px or 1px or switching on simulate pressure. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In this example I used a 1px brush with simulate pressure on. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image057" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image057.jpg" width="176" border="0" height="101" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Here I used our green swatch, again with 1px and simulate pressure on. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image059" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image059.jpg" width="105" border="0" height="179" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;For this effect I used a 2px brush with simulate pressure on and when creating the path, held Shift to get a straight line.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image060" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image060.jpg" width="123" align="right" border="0" height="123" /&gt;A quick way to make some random dots is to first select the brush tool, using a 2px hard brush then hit F5 to open the brush editor. Use the same settings as shown here and use the blue swatch we created earlier. For this brush we can drag it, note how the dots will be random and will give different effects depending on how fast you move the cursor.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="clip_image062" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image062.jpg" width="305" border="0" height="366" /&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image064" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image064.jpg" width="302" border="0" height="366" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;For this step you will need to have a floral brush set, lots of these can be found &lt;a href="http://search.deviantart.com/?section=browse&amp;amp;qh=boost%3Apopular+age_sigma%3A24h+age_scale%3A5&amp;amp;q=floral+brush"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;, download one and install it, note that you may need to restart Photoshop after installing it. Create a new group behind the text and in a new layer; use the purple swatch and go wild with these brushes, making them flow from the letters and the lines. My set included some leaves which I dotted around using the green swatch. Using the floral brushes was just an idea, other vector style brushes can give good results too, one which is worth trying is using tree brushes on the top half of the letters.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image066" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image066.jpg" width="165" border="0" height="114" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image067" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image067.jpg" width="172" border="0" height="105" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image069" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image069.jpg" width="168" align="right" border="0" height="128" /&gt;Another nice detail that is simple to make is these blue lines. First create a new layer then select the blue swatch then the brush tool and use an 8px hard brush. Use the pen tool to create a large arc, mine went roughly from the 'H' to the 'O', now stroke the path and make sure simulate pressure is checked. Use the eraser tool to get rid of half of the line and to blend it slightly. I created three of these.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 18&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate this layer, with all three lines in it then hit Ctrl+T and rotate the lines roughly 180° then move them to below the text as shown here.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image071" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image071.jpg" width="269" border="0" height="202" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 19&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image073" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image073.jpg" width="229" align="right" border="0" height="172" /&gt;The text is looking nice now however the foreground and background are like to separate images at the moment so we will learn a few ways to make them harmonize better. A good way to approach this problem would be to create an in between layer which is kind of half and half and can bridge the gap between foreground and background. Start by creating a new group within the foreground group but below everything else in that group. Create a new layer in this group then go image&gt;apply image then edit&gt;transform&gt;warp and drag only the boxes here to warp the image, make sure that when your warping the image it still covers the entire document or else you will be left with sharp edges. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 20&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image074" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image074.jpg" width="284" align="right" border="0" height="186" /&gt;Now select this layer then go layer&gt;layer mask&gt;hide all, change the foreground color to white then use a few of the following brushes with medium opacity to unhide some of the content on this layer, make sure the layer mask is selected rather than the layer itself.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;1. A grungy brush of any size, this can be a brush you have downloaded or one that comes with Photoshop like the spatter, charcoal or chalk brushes, these work well when used at a larges size and dotted rather than dragged.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image076" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image076.jpg" width="283" align="right" border="0" height="212" /&gt;2. A floral brush of medium to large size. This looks good on a slightly higher opacity brush as well as on low. Never drag these brushes, it just doesn't work.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;3. A really good effect can be created when using the pattern stamp tool (s), although it requires a few tries to get it right. Try using the pattern we created earlier and also some of Photoshop's like the checkered one. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Optionally you can repeat these two steps again to add more detail as you are trying to get a fine balance between the foreground and background.&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;h3&gt;Step 21&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image078" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image078.jpg" width="251" align="right" border="0" height="218" /&gt;You will notice with the image we have at the moment, the clouds are only in the background. Let's solve this problem; we have to choices here, we either add more in front of the foreground group or we can take something away from the foreground. I've found that the taking away method produces a more realistic result. However if you have some cloud brushes kicking about feel free to use them but in this image I didn’t. First let’s check where we are at in terms of layers; at the moment you should only have a foreground group, a background group and the white background layer, everything else should be contained within these. In the background group duplicate one of the cloud layers then drag it out of this group and to the very top of the layer stack. Change the blending mode to normal then go select&gt;color range and pick the very darkest part of the image and use the settings shown below, OK. Now you should have a rough selection around the clouds, hide this layer then select the foreground group and in the layers panel click the layer mask button at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image080" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image080.jpg" width="251" border="0" height="188" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 22&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image082" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image082.jpg" width="246" align="right" border="0" height="184" /&gt;The last step is to add some color adjustments to the whole image. Start by creating a new layer above the foreground group then select the gradient tool and create a gradient like shown here. Use a radial gradient setting an create a blurry circle, go back to the gradient editor and change the color and do this again until you have something that resembles below. Lastly change the opacity of this layer to 50% and the blending mode to color. One last adjust that I save until last is to move that cloud layer that we duplicated to the top of the layer stack, unhide it then change the blend mode to soft light; I'll let you decide on the opacity this layer should be.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 419px; height: 348px;" alt="clip_image083" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/DecoratingText_1F56/clip_image083.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-2491253278205592131?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/2491253278205592131/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/decorating-text.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2491253278205592131'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2491253278205592131'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/decorating-text.html' title='Decorating Text'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-1909236543281712513</id><published>2009-06-16T11:51:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T12:14:02.776+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Text Effects'/><title type='text'>Retro Text</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/retro-text_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/retro-text_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Retro Text and Video Layers Retro text like this looks great but isn't easy to create in Photoshop alone so here we use a mix of Photoshop and Illustrator, raster and vector to create some unique text. The second part of this tutorial explains video layers, something which is relatively new to most people. The final result will be an animated image that could be used for a web header.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 166px;" alt="Retro text" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/final.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Retro Text Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This tutorial will kind of be split into two parts, the second part starting at step 19.The first part will cover the creation of the text and then editing this text in Photoshop. The first part will require &lt;a itxtdid="8366005" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/text-effects/retro-text.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_1_0"&gt;Adobe&lt;img style="border: 0pt none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; height: 10px; width: 10px; position: relative; top: 1px; left: 1px; float: none;" name="itxt-icon-0" src="http://images.intellitxt.com/ast/adTypes/mag-glass_10x10.gif" /&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Illustrator as well as Photoshop. The second part covers adding the animation in through Photoshop, this will mean you have to have Photoshop CS3 extended version as we will be using video layers. However there is ways round this if you can find a program to convert movie files into animated gifs. Firstly a good idea when starting any project is to think up a color scheme or to find one on the internet, I tend to use &lt;a href="http://www.colourlovers.com/"&gt;this site&lt;/a&gt; to find color schemes so for this project I searched for 'retro'. Part of the reason why I wrote this tutorial was because gomedia have released a couple of free sample motion packs which ought to be utilized and for people who don't know how to use them then this is what the tutorial covers. For this I will be using the Hooladanders pack which can be downloaded &lt;a href="http://www.gomedia.us/arsenal/freestuff.php"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Start by opening Adobe Illustrator, there are two reasons why we want to use Illustrator here rather than Photoshop, firstly we can create vector files which gives us more flexibility when we export things to Photoshop and secondly there are a few nice things we can do in Illustrator which would take a while in Photoshop. Hit Ctrl+N to create a new document, I used a size of 800x600px but this doesn't matter as we are working with images that can be enlarged infinitely. Now hit Ctrl+' to show the grid. Now the default grid should have 8 subdivisions, if yours is different then go edit&gt;preferences&gt;guides &amp;amp; grid and change it. Next click on the view dropdown and make sure snap to grid is checked. Select the rectangle tool and draw a 2x2 rectangle, we will change the fill and stroke in the next step.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/1.jpg" width="371" border="0" height="250" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;With your rectangle still selected, go to the main toolbar and change the fill to one of the colors in your color scheme and set it to no stroke like in the image below. If you were wanting an outline round your text you would have to draw a line only at the left and right side of this rectangle for reasons that will become apparent later on.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/2.jpg" width="88" border="0" height="32" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Create four more of these rectangles, each with a different fill and a 1 subdivision space between each.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 249px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Hit V to use the selection tool then drag a box round all five rectangles then hit F5 to bring up the brushes panel. Inside this click the new brush button and select new art brush. Now change the settings to mimic the ones shown below. It should be fairly obvious why we changed it from a horizontal to a vertical direction.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/4.jpg" width="377" border="0" height="389" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next I worked out a rough typeface I was going to use, we are not using a real font here but rather, creating a path then stroking it with the brush we created. Below I've shown the path I would make if I wanted to make a P, an F and a C; the red lines being the first path and the green; the second path. From this you should be able to work out roughly how to create any letters. At the moment don't actually do this in Illustrator but maybe sketch out the kind of letters you want. I'll show more details on how I created the letters in RETRO. The main points here were to make most letters 1 major gridline in width and half a major gridline between the letters. Note that on the F, it extends 1 minor gridline below, this is to acount for the extra width from the brush on letters like the C. If this doesn't make too much sense at the moment; don't worry I'll go through a full example in the following steps.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 226px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;First I made a new layer, the plan was to have two layers as I needed two paths for some of the letters. This meant that I could export it to Photoshop as two layers also. We will create all of the first layer (red) then afterwards create the second (green). Hit P to select the pen tool, the pen tool in Illustrator works in the same way as in Photoshop. We don't want any bezier curves so click once at each point and don't drag the mouse. Draw this shape in your document; starting from the lower left point. We have to start at the right end or else the colors wont match up when we add layer 2.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/6.jpg" width="250" border="0" height="270" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Hit V then click on the path and a bounding box should appear. In the main toolbar make sure we have no stroke or fill then just click on our brush in the brushes panel and it should look like the image below. If for example our brush was the wrong size we could click the small button to the left of new brush and change the size but since we set it at 20% already we should be fine.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/7.jpg" width="250" border="0" height="270" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now for quick bit of maths; go edit&gt;preferences&gt;guides &amp;amp; grid and take note of the 'gridline every:' number, now divide this number by 4, mine was at 72px so I got 18. This number is because we are going to round the corners and want the radius to be equal to two of the minor gridlines; the reason for this is obvious if you look at the examples of the letters I used but if you were to use different letters you could make it more or less rounded. Okay to round the corners, with the leter still selected, go effect&gt;stylize (illustrator)&gt;round corners and set it to the value you calculated.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/8.jpg" width="323" border="0" height="349" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Do the same for the other letters, so all my paths looked like the image below. You can either do the letters one at a time or create all the paths then add the styles to all of them at the same time. The image below that shows the completed first layer of the letters.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 129px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 129px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/10.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now for the second layer, do exactly the same as for the first, In green is the paths I used for the second layer, I then added the same styling to achieve a result like the one below. Note that here you could always just copy the R to save creating it again. You should have three layers; one with the brush shape in it, another with the first layer of our text (red) which we'll call T1 and another with our second layer of text (green) which we'll call T2.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 129px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/11.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 129px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/12.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Create a new document in Photoshop; since these are vectors you can make it any size but I used 900x300px as I envisioned it as a good idea for a website header. Now in Illustrator, hide T2 then drag a selection on over the text then copy and paste it into Photoshop as a smart object if possible, if not then paste it as pixels and ignore the next bit. Hit Ctrl+T then change the height and width to 150%. Now do exactly the same with T1, hiding the T1 in Illustrator, then alaign it with the other layer. Below I've only shown one letter but that's only because I'll be demonstrating the techniques on this letter first.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/13.jpg" width="240" border="0" height="216" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Ctrl+click on T1 to make a selection around it. There is a few steps that aren't required for the text I used but you may need to do all steps If you are doing this to a different shape or size of text so I'll show you all the steps then you can work out the shortcuts if you want. Select the polygonal lasso tool then hold Shift to change it to add mode, this will add to the selection we already have. Now draw around the parts of T2 that you want to hide (purple line), one letter at a time. So here I've made this selection which will keep the same curve at the right part of the R by staying within this line then drawing round everything else. The resulting selection is shown below that.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 346px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/14.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/15.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="254" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next, with the either the polygonal lasso or the marquee, hold Alt+Shift to change it to intersect mode which will select only the parts included in both selections. Now draw round the part of T2 which you want removed, there's no need to be neat, just draw a box like the one shown in purple. This is so that when we remove it it will only apply to this one letter then we can go on and do the other letters after. Again I've shown the resulting selection below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 317px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/16.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 264px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/17.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now go select&gt;modify&gt;expand and choose 3px as the value. Select the T2 layer and hold Alt and click on the add layer mask button in the layers panel, this will create a layer mask then fill the selection in black, if we were to just click on the layer mask button we would get everything except the selection filled black. Below is what your letter should now look like.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/18.jpg" width="240" border="0" height="216" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Do this for any other letters that have two layers so for mine I had to do it to E.T, Note that after you've refined the selection you don't want want to make another mask so instead select the mask then hit D to reset the foreground and background colors then hit Alt+Backspace to fill the selection black. Alt+Backspace is a shortcut for filling something with the foreground color and is quicker than going edit&gt;fill or Shift+F5.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/19.jpg" width="300" border="0" height="174" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now you can move certain parts of your text to get the spacing right. Lastly select T2 and hit Ctrl+E to merge it with T1 then right click and convert to a smart object. Below I've shown the finalized text. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 166px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/20.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This next part shows how I created the background and is optional as I'm sure you can think of much more creative thing to use for a background. Well firstly I pasted in an Image of cardboard then desaturated it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 166px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/21.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Next I made a very dark radial gradient then set it to 75% multiply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 166px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/22.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 19&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now go layer&gt;video layer&gt;new video layer from file and choose one of the videos you downloaded. Now go window&gt;animation to bring up the animation panel. You will now have what looks like a histogram of the time, all except one of the layers should have an infinite time, the one that doesn't is your video layer and should be at the top. Move the time slider to the end of this layer, see the image below for reference. You will see that the animation will move, the reason we moved the slider to the end was because if you watch it you will see that the last 10 seconds include every part of the animation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 158px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/24.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 20&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now hit Ctrl+T to enter free transform mode, a warning should pop up just press convert and it should change to a smart object. Next move, rotate and scle it then put it above part of your text, here I put it above the first R. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/25.jpg" width="269" border="0" height="170" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 21&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to mask it, I used similar techniques to what we used when masking the letters. Note that when you mask a video layer it does this in every frame. Ctrl+click on the text layer to make a selection then get the polygonal lasso tool out, hold Alt+Shift to go to intersect mode then draw roughly round the part you want to hide behind the letters like shown below; the purple line being the selection I made.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/26.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="286" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 22&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now mask the video layer in exactly the same way as in step 14 and 15. Do this for some other parts of the animation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/27.jpg" width="269" border="0" height="170" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 23&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Right click on the video layer then go blending options, that's right you can add layer styles to a video. Use the settings shown below. Make sure that 'Layer Mask Hides Effects' is checked as this will make the shadow more accurate because the shadow won't follow the layer mask at all. For the color overlay, just select the color that the animation merges into with the eyedropper, so here mine merged into the green line.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 368px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/28.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 368px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/29.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 432px; height: 368px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/30.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/31.jpg" width="269" border="0" height="170" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 24&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Do exactly the same with the other two movie files and just copy and paste the layer styles by right clicking on the layers then change the color overlay. They should vaguely resemble the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/32.jpg" width="258" border="0" height="258" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 25&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Try now playing your animation by clicking the rewind button then the play button in the animation panel.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 158px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/34.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 26&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;There's a few things you can do with this file, you could save it as an animated gif, export it to flash or save it as a movie file. Here I saved it as a gif by going file&gt;save for web &amp;amp; devices. Depending on what you want to do with the file you can choose your settings. I knew I was going to upload it to this site so wanted it quite low quality, I also found that by cranking the lossy value up you get a grainy effect and a smaller file, I liked this effect so kept the lossy at about 85% then set the colors to 64. Below I've included my final layers panel and also the unanimated image. You may notice that the colors are different here this is because I added a hue/saturation adjustment layer at the top of the layer stack.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/35.jpg" width="212" border="0" height="325" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 166px;" alt="Retro text" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/RetroText_10ECE/final.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-1909236543281712513?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/1909236543281712513/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/retro-text.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1909236543281712513'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1909236543281712513'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/retro-text.html' title='Retro Text'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4460988555865777209</id><published>2009-06-16T11:43:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T11:49:04.460+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Text Effects'/><title type='text'>3D Textured Text Effect</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/3d-textured-text-effect_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/3d-textured-text-effect_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;In this tutorial, I will show you how you can make a stylized 3D textured text effect using various textures to give it a unique look with Illustrator &amp;amp; Photoshop. I will be giving you the step by step instructions along with the links to the resources &amp;amp; stuffs used.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="3D textured text" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image044.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="412" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;3D Textured Text Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open up Illustrator, and with the Type Tool type a letter or text, I typed the letter “C” I used the font &lt;a itxtdid="8366005" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/text-effects/3d-textured-text-effect.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_1_0"&gt;Adobe&lt;img style="border: 0pt none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; height: 10px; width: 10px; position: relative; top: 1px; left: 1px; float: none;" name="itxt-icon-0" src="http://images.intellitxt.com/ast/adTypes/mag-glass_10x10.gif" /&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Caslon Pro,&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;you can use any font that you like, just make sure that it is a bit thick font to yield better results. I set the font size to 400 pt &amp;amp; scaled it horizontally &amp;amp; vertically to 150% through the Character Palette, though don't worry about the font size too much because we'll be pasting it as Smart Objects in Photoshop so we can adjust the size at any given time. The color I used for the letter is #8CC63F.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image004.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="339" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;Now go to Effect&gt;3D&gt;Extrude &amp;amp; Bevel, make sure that Preview&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;is on. Use the settings shown below, apart from specifying rotations for x, y &amp;amp; z axis, I chose Tall-Round from the Bevel drop down list. The settings will more or less depend on the font, so if you have used a different font play a bit, though I will advise to stay away from the fancier Bevel settings, mostly None setting works best. You can also make it more thick by increasing the Extrude Depth.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image006.jpg" width="356" border="0" height="530" /&gt;&lt;/b&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;After you’re happy with your 3D effect, it will be time to move on over to Photoshop. Open a new document in Photoshop. Now, copy your 3D text/letter from Illustrator &amp;amp; paste it as Smart Object in Photoshop, press Enter key or checkmark to commit. You can now resize your text to whatever size you want, in fact, bigger the better, but for the purposes of this tutorial, I will stick to a small canvas.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image008.jpg" width="188" border="0" height="137" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Power Tip: If for any reason, you want to edit the pasted 3D Smart Object, just double click on the Vector Smart Object thumbnail in the Layer Palette, press OK on the resulting window, the Smart Object will automatically open up in Illustrator, do the changes or editing you want, then go to File&gt;Save &amp;amp; close the file &amp;amp; tadaa the changes will reflect in your Photoshop file&lt;/i&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image010.gif" width="127" align="right" border="0" height="180" /&gt;Now, lets begin with the Photoshop magic, we will be adding various texture on the different layers &amp;amp; will spice them up with the variety of blending modes, the key is to experiment &amp;amp; choose the settings that will best suit your purpose.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open the texture image that you would like to use, for the first layer I used a texture, lets call it Texture 1 from a &lt;a href="http://farawlat-dxb.deviantart.com/art/8-quot-LARGE-74295288"&gt;texture pack&lt;/a&gt; on deviantArt. Go to Select&gt;All &amp;amp; then Edit&gt;Copy to copy the entire texture image, Now we are going to paste this image into our letter, but you have to tell Photoshop where to paste it. So return to your 3D text document &amp;amp; pressing down Ctrl/Cmd Click on Vector Smart Object thumbnail, this will select the entire text/letter, in our case, the letter “C”, now go to Edit&gt;Paste Into (Shift+Ctrl/Cmd+V) to paste the texture image on “C”. Change the blending mode of the texture layer to Overlay. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now, your image &amp;amp; layer palette should look like so:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image012.jpg" width="316" border="0" height="309" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Look at your layers palette now. You see your texture image there and a mask has been made that allows only the letter part of the image to show.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;If you’re using different images, play around a bit with blending modes, mostly Overlay, Soft Light, Hard light, Multiply will give the desired results.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Repeat the procedure prescribed in Step 4, but with a different texture. I used one of the texture from &lt;a href="http://sanami276.deviantart.com/art/textures-82-69176308"&gt;this&lt;/a&gt; pack.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image014.jpg" width="153" border="0" height="115" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In brief, open the texture image, Select All (Ctrl/Cmd+A), Copy it (Ctrl/Cmd+C) &amp;amp; return to your original document, pressing down Ctrl/Cmd Click on Vector Smart Object thumbnail to select the letter/text &amp;amp; go to Edit&gt;Paste Into (Shift+Ctrl/Cmd+V) to paste the texture in the letter “C”. And, change the blending mode to Multiply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image016.jpg" width="153" border="0" height="122" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now, its again time to do the same thing as mentioned in Step 4 &amp;amp; 5, but with the different texture image. This time I used a more colorful texture from a &lt;a href="http://sancsky.deviantart.com/art/leftover-vol-1-73351293"&gt;another texture pack&lt;/a&gt; over at deviantArt. And, this time I choose the blending mode to Soft Light.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image018.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="293" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This is how my image &amp;amp; Layer Palette looks like after step 6.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Power Tip: If you need to edit the filler texture image or if you don't like how it looks within the letter, you can still change it! Just choose the Move Tool (V) &amp;amp; drag over with your texture layer selected. Also, if you need to resize the texture image select Edit&gt;Transform to resize it. &lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now, select the Background layer &amp;amp; fill with a Gradient Tool (G). I used Linear Gradient &amp;amp; the colors for the two stops are as prescribed in the screenshot. Drag the gradient tool diagonally from bottom to top.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image020.jpg" width="424" border="0" height="236" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Pressing down Shift key select all the layers in the Layer Palette except the background layer &amp;amp; Link all of them. Also make sure to link the Layer Mask thumbnails with their corresponding layer thumbnails by clicking once between them.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image022.jpg" width="206" border="0" height="208" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now, we will do the reflection of our letter “C”. For that, select all the linked layers &amp;amp; duplicate them.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image024.jpg" width="312" border="0" height="243" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step10&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Merge all the duplicated layers &amp;amp; name it Reflection.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image026.jpg" width="312" border="0" height="325" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;On the Reflection layer, go to Edit&gt;Transform&gt;Flip Vertical &amp;amp; place it beneath the letter “C”. Adjust its perspective if the need be.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image028.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="298" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The next step is to add a layer mask to the duplicate layer. To do this simply click on the add layer mask button in the layers palette. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image030.jpg" width="196" border="0" height="28" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now pick the Gradient Tool (G) and draw a gradient (black to white) in the direction from bottom to mid top.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image032.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="296" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally just reduce the opacity of the duplicate layer and you are all done. I reduced the opacity to 20% , there is no golden rule about the opacity % , just play with the opacity setting &amp;amp; choose the one that suits your image. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, with the Type Tool, I wrote the words “for creativity” with the settings as shown in the Character Palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image034.jpg" width="170" border="0" height="181" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The font used is Larissa &amp;amp; can be downloaded from &lt;a href="http://www.fonts101.com/xt_fontdetails_az_FID%2120012%7ELarissa%7Efont.html"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. I also rotated the words a bit via Edit&gt;Transform.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Then I applied the layer style, as shown in the screenshots below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image036.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="310" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image038.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="310" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To add a bit of finishing touch, I added Outer Glow to the Vector Smart Object layer, as shown.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image040.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="314" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;And, that’s how my Layers palette in end &amp;amp; final image looks like.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image042.jpg" width="200" border="0" height="340" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image044.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="412" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Here, is a another example of image, I made with the same technique.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3DTexturedTextEffect_128A5/clip_image046.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="556" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To take it further, play &amp;amp; experiment with various textures, the blending modes, also changing the various Adjustments options like Invert, Posterize, Hue/Saturations settings etc. gives the different results. You can also make the text look grungy or rusty using grunge textures, its just the matter of exploring the powers of Photoshop &amp;amp; tapping your creativity!&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4460988555865777209?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4460988555865777209/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/3d-textured-text-effect.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4460988555865777209'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4460988555865777209'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/3d-textured-text-effect.html' title='3D Textured Text Effect'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-5747001626774306398</id><published>2009-06-16T10:51:00.008+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-16T11:22:51.660+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='TECHNICAL'/><title type='text'>Manipulate an Image with Scripting</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/manipulate-an-image-with-scripting_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/manipulate-an-image-with-scripting_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Scripting in Photoshop is something rarely touched upon in regular Photoshop tutorials, but is something definitely worth learning. Scripts are a much more powerful way to automate tasks than actions and can be used to do things which normally aren't possible in Photoshop. Here we create a script which will edit any image, giving a stylish way to show your photographs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Introduction:&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In this tutorial I will aim to show how to create this effect using scripts but will also show the corresponding steps in Photoshop, making it easy for you to understand how to alter your script to achieve different results.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;Photoshop allows scripts in three different programming languages; VBScript, AppleScript and JavaScript, however JavaScript is the only cross platform script available so we will use it, it is also more useful to learn JavaScript. If you haven't ever programmed in JavaScript, you should still be able to understand this tutorial as I have explained all of the concepts in enough detail. When writing JavaScript you are free to use whatever text editor which suits you, however newer versions of Photoshop come with a program called ExtendScript Toolkit (ESTK) which makes scripting a lot easier. This is usually found hidden away in the same folder that contains Photoshop. If you don’t already have this program then you can download it &lt;a href="http://www.adobe.com/devnet/bridge/"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; although it may not work for older versions of Photoshop. There are a few advantages of using this program, mainly the debugger and the fact that you can run scripts straight from the program.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;For most of the steps I will show what your image should look like after you have run the script. Throughout this tutorial I used &lt;a href="http://www.sxc.hu/photo/593323"&gt;this image&lt;/a&gt; from stock.xchng, optionally you can save a small size version of this image for the purpose of testing your scripts as the script will run faster this way. The script works for any image of any size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open the editor you want to use, either ESTK or a regular text editor like notepad for Windows&lt;a itxtdid="8366294" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/technical/manipulate-an-image-with-scripting.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_6_0"&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt;, don’t use a program like Microsoft Word for this. If your using ESTK then there should be a dropdown menu at the top left of the window, select Adobe &lt;a itxtdid="8366005" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/technical/manipulate-an-image-with-scripting.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_6_1"&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Photoshop from this and this will link the program to Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we will right a simple script to test we have the settings correct. Type the code shown below into your editor:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;alert("Hello World")&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;What this simple command will do is to bring up an alert box saying ‘Hello World’; we will use alert boxes throughout this tutorial in order to test parts of our script. By putting the quote marks in we are indicating that this is a string which is just a word.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now run your script, If you are using a regular text editor like notepad then the easiest way to run your script is to save the file as ‘myscript.jsx’ then open Photoshop and go file&gt;scripts&gt;browse then select your script. If you are using ESTK then just hit the play button in the top right of the document window. Automatically you should see your alert box pop up. Before testing your scripts close any document that is open in Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image001" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image001.jpg" width="129" border="0" height="125" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Delete the alert code you had in the editor as we were only using it to test the settings. There are two settings we want to apply every time we run our script, these are to tell Photoshop to use pixels as the default unit and not to display dialog boxes unless we tell it to. If we wanted to do this within Photoshop we would go edit&gt;preferences&gt;units &amp;amp; rulers and change the rulers value to pixels, obviously turning off dialog boxes is limited to the scripting only. The code for doing this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;preferences.rulerUnits = Units.PIXELS;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;displayDialogs = DialogModes.NO&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first command is, simply telling Photoshop to access the rulerUnits within the preferences then change the units to pixels. You will notice that this is arranged in a hierarchical structure for example the rulerUnits is contained within the preferences, this is easy to visualise as Photoshop is arranged in exactly the same way.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The second command is basically telling Photoshop to change the value of displayDialogs to NO, if you wanted to have dialogs displayed while running the script then you would change the NO to YES.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we want to let the user select a file to open, for this we need to bring up an open dialog box, even though we turned dialogs off if we tell Photoshop to bring up a dialog it will do it. We then want to define a variable that references to this document then we want to duplicate the background layer. The code for doing this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;open(File(openDialog()));&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var docRef_1 = activeDocument&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.backgroundLayer.duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first command is made up of three parts, the open() command which will open the file within the brackets, next the File() command which fetches the file path within the brackets but instead of adding a path we added the openDialog() command. So this is displaying a dialog box where the user selects a file then it will get the file path and open that file, if you were wanting to open the same file each time you could swap the openDialog() with the file path and name . &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the next command what we are doing is setting up a variable using var then the variable name which can be anything but here I used docRef_1, if I was to open another document I would make a variable named docRef_2. We are then setting docRef_1 to be equal to the active document.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the last command what we are doing is telling Photoshop to duplicate the background layer in docRef_1 which is the only document we have open anyway. You will notice again that this is similar to what you would do in Photoshop, as in you would select the document which contains the layer you want to duplicate then you would select the layer you want to duplicate then you would duplicate it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Try running the full script now and you will end up with a background layer containing the image you chose and also a layer above that containing the same image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To do this step in Photoshop you would simply go Ctrl+O then choose your file then right click on the background layer and select duplicate layer.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image002" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image002.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="285" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now I will show you how to define colors using hexadecimal codes, colors can be defined in other ways like by RGB values as we will see later. Here we will define a white color and a black color then set black as the foreground and white as the background. There is other ways of doing this but for the purpose of this tutorial I will show you this way. The code for this step is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var white = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;white.rgb["hexValue"] = "ffffff"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var black = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;black.rgb["hexValue"] = "000000"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;foregroundColor = black;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;backgroundColor = white;&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;You will notice here that the first two lines are roughly the same as the second and third; what we are doing here is setting up a variable which can be named anything but here we use the color it will contain as the variable name. We are then saying that this variable is equal to new SolidColor() which is a function for creating a new color. The next line is setting the hexadecimal value for this color to whatever the color should be so for white this is "ffffff", what we are ultimately saying here is that white is the color white and black is the color black.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last two lines set the foreground color to black and the background color to white, and are fairly easy to look at and understand straight away. In Photoshop the equivalent action for doing this would just be to hit D to reset the colors.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Try now, setting the foreground color and background color to a random color manually then running the full script which should give you the same result as we got in step 3 but now the foreground and background colors will be set properly.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to fill the background layer white using the white color we set up in the last step. For this we first need to make a selection around the whole document then fill that selection. The code for this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(white);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first line creates a selection using the selectAll() function, for any command that can be used on different documents we have to tell Photoshop which document we are working on even though we only have one open in this case.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The second line is telling Photoshop to fill this selection in with the white color. Sometimes it is confusing as it wouldn't be stupid to think that something like docRef_1.selction.fill = white would do what we are trying to do, but this isn't a real command and this is where ESTK comes in useful as it will point out the correct use of something like the fill command just by typing in fill.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The third line is fairly self explanatory, it will deselect the selection, exactly the same as hitting Ctrl+D in Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Again test the script and you should end up with a white background layer and the image in the layer above. In Photoshop, all this could have been done using Ctrl+A then Shift+F5 to select all then fill the selection.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the next two steps we will use a script to find the average color in the photograph; we will then use this information to decide how to edit the image. This part of the script could have lots of other uses for example you could use a similar script to create a color chart based on the colors that make up the image. In this step we will first duplicate the image layer then we will apply an average blur filter which will find the average color then fill the layer with that color. The code for doing this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.layers[0].duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer = docRef_1.layers[0];&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.applyAverage();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first line looks familiar, we used the same command in step 3 but here we have replaced backgroundLayer with layers[0]. To understand this we need to know a bit about arrays in JavaScript. Arrays are simply just variables which hold more than one value, where variables are like boxes with a single piece of information, arrays are like a big boxes with lots of smaller boxes labelled zero to infinity inside. For example if you wanted to create an array holding the first three days of the week you would type:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var days = ["Monday", "Tuesday", "Wednesday"]&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now if you wanted to use the first day of the week you would use the code:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;days[0]&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This would equal "Monday"&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Obviously don't include these last two lines in your script. Now that you know a bit about arrays we can go back to the three lines of code we added. In the first line layers is an array which includes all the layers in our document. The top layer in the stack is always the first in the array, corresponding to layers[0] because arrays start at 0 instead of 1. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The second line sets the active layer to the top layer this is the same as selecting a layer in the layer panel in Photoshop. We didn't need to change the active layer but it makes things easier later on.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last line applies the average blur, the format here is the same as most of the commands we have used so far and is what's called a method and usually takes the form of document.layer.function where the layer is the active layer and the function is applying the average blur. This can be done in Photoshop by going filter&gt;blur&gt;average.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Again, test the script and you should have a new layer above the image filled with a solid color.&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image003" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image003.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="285" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 7:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This step is slightly more complicated, what we want to do is find the RGB values of the color we have in this layer. There is no really simple way of doing this in a script but the method I use is to have the script select first the red channel then get the histogram of that channel then go through the histogram from 0 to 255 until it finds a value that isn't zero then that value will be the R value, it then repeats that for the green and blue channels. It is easier to explain this by going through this process in Photoshop. If you don't still have the document open from when you tested it in the last step then run your script again. Okay go to the channels by going window&gt;channels and select the red channel this should now hide all the other channels and the image will look grayscale. Next hit Ctrl+L to go to the levels adjustments, you will see a histogram with one vertical line in it, now drag one of the output levels sliders to roughly below the line and the number in the corresponding box is the R value. Getting the G and B value is done in the same way. The script to do this for the R value is shown below, from this you should be able to work out the code for the G and B value.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;for (RLevel = 0; RLevel &lt;= 255; RLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Red"].histogram[RLevel]) {   break;  } }&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This block of code is a 'for' loop, what line 1 does is says to start RLevel at 0 and keep looping around while RLevel is still smaller or equal to 255 and also to increment RLevel by 1 each time it loops around. The part which says RLevel ++ means increment RLevel by 1. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The part inside this loop is an 'if' statement and it will execute the command inside the curly brackets only if the statement within the normal brackets is true. Lets look at the statement within the normal brackets, its telling Photoshop to get the red channel in document one then getting the histogram array. The histogram that we looked at didn't look like a row of boxes but in fact it is, for each each output value horizontally from zero to 255 is a corresponding vertical value. In the histogram we looked at there was only one output value which didn't correspond to a non-zero value so RLevel can be thought of as the output value. since we haven't included anything else in the brackets like an equals sign or a greater than sign then it will automatically only return true if the value returned from the histogram is non-zero and since there is only one non-zero value then this will be the R value. The command to execute if this is true is the break command, this will stop the loop so we won't go round again after we find the correct value. the two closing curly brackets are just to close the 'for' loop and the 'if' statement. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image004" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image004.jpg" width="403" border="0" height="329" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Below I have included the full code up to this point, including the G and B value checks:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;preferences.rulerUnits = Units.PIXELS;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;displayDialogs = DialogModes.NO&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;open(File(openDialog()));&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var docRef_1 = activeDocument;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.backgroundLayer.duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var white = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;white.rgb["hexValue"] = "ffffff"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var black = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;black.rgb["hexValue"] = "000000"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;foregroundColor = black;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;backgroundColor = white;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(white);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.layers[0].duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer = docRef_1.layers[0];&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.applyAverage();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;for (RLevel = 0; RLevel &lt;= 255; RLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Red"].histogram[RLevel]) {   break;  } }  for (GLevel = 0; GLevel &lt;= 255; GLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Green"].histogram[GLevel]) {   break;  } }  for (BLevel = 0; BLevel &lt;= 255; BLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Blue"].histogram[BLevel]) {   break;  } }&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to check to se if these last bits of code actually work, to do this we will use an alert box and make it display the RGB values. Insert this code below the rest of your code:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;alert(RLevel + ", " + GLevel + ", " + BLevel)&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The alert box should contain the RGB values check these by double clicking on the foreground color then using the eyedropper. If the colors match then delete this alert box code and move on, if they don't match or it's not working just copy and paste the full code above and try again.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image005" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image005.jpg" width="143" border="0" height="128" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;From now on I won't go into much detail as most of the things coming up have been covered already. Now depending on the average color we want to edit it in different ways. The way we will edit it is fill this layer with a solid color change its blending mode to color. The color of this layer will depend on the average color; if the average color is mostly blue we will use the color yellow, mostly green we will use magenta and mostly red we will use cyan. I'm going to show a long way of doing this just to demonstrate some extra commands. In this step we will get the RGB values for this color. The code for this is: &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var R = 0;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var G = 0;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var B = 0;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (RLevel &gt; GLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; RLevel &gt; BLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; R = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (GLevel &gt; BLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; GLevel &gt; RLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; G = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (BLevel &gt; RLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; BLevel &gt; GLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; B = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Here we are first defining the variables R,G and B and setting them to 0 then we have three 'if' statements so for the first one it is basically saying if RLevel is bigger than GLevel and BLevel then set the R value to 255. The same goes for the G value and B value, if in the off chance any of the values are equal then all values will remain 0.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we will create a new color then fill the layer in with this color, using exactly the same commands that we used in step 4 and 5. The code for doing this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var color = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.red = R;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.green = G;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.blue = B;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(color);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The only difference is that we called the variable color, just because this could either be red, green or blue; in my case it was blue.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image006" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image006.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="285" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 11:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we want to invert the color of this layer then change its blending mode to color and its opacity to 50%. The code for doing this is.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.invert();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.blendMode = BlendMode.COLORBLEND;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.opacity = 50;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.merge();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Each command here explains itself fairly well, this process would be done in Photoshop by hitting Ctrl+I then changing the blending mode and opacity manually in the layers panel then hitting Ctrl+E.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image007" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image007.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="285" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we want to add the border, the way I did this was to have this script enlarge the canvas then create a new layer and do a select all and fill this layer white. Before we do this we need to have the script calculate the size of the border depending on the size of the image. After a bit of trial and error I found a good border thickness to be 7.5% of the smaller dimension; either the height or the width. To implement this we first need to find which is smaller the width or the height then to make the border size equal to 7.5% of this. Lastly we have to double this thickness then add it to the width and the height to get the new canvas size. To simplify this slightly I just took 15% rather than 7.5% then I didn't need to double it before I added it on. The code for this stage is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var width = docRef_1.width;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var height = docRef_1.height;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (width &lt;= height) {  var borderSize = Math.round(width * 0.15);  } else {  var borderSize = Math.round(height * 0.15); }  docRef_1.resizeCanvas(width + borderSize, height + borderSize);&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Okay, the first two lines are easy; we are setting a variable for the width which is equal to the document width and a variable for the height which is equal to the document height.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Then we have an 'if' statement which says if the width is smaller or equal to the height then execute the command in the curly brackets. The first part of this command looks familiar; just creating a variable, the second part uses a Math function called round, what this does is to round whatever is in the brackets to the closest integer or whole number. We need this because some of the time 15% of the width will be a decimal number.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;After this 'if' statement we have an 'else' statement which means if the width is larger than the height then it will execute the command contained within these curly brackets; which is similar to the other command.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last line resizes the canvas to a width and height equal to borderSize added to the width and height. Note that the 1px border around these images is just added in because the background is also white.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image008" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image008.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="296" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now if you tested the script you might think it looks fine however the background layer will resize to fit any size of canvas so we need to have the script create a new layer with the border in it then merge this layer and the image layer. The code for this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.artLayers.add();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.move(docRef_1.backgroundLayer, ElementPlacement.PLACEBEFORE);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(white);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.layers[0].merge();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The only part of this code that we haven't seen before is the move command which we are using on the active layer which will be the one we just created. The first part inside the brackets is the reference layer which we have defined as the background layer, the second part tells Photoshop to move the active layer to before the reference layer using ElementPlacement.PLACEBEFORE. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to add what will become the shadow, at the moment this will just be a layer directly before the background layer filled with black. Here is the code:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.artLayers.add();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.move(docRef_1.backgroundLayer, ElementPlacement.PLACEBEFORE);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(black);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This code is nearly exactly the same as the code in the last step except that this is filled black and we don’t merge it yet. If you test it shouldn't look any different from what it did in the last step.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Okay now we want the script to resize the canvas so it can fit the image at any angle; this requires good old bit of Pythagoras. The code for this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var width = docRef_1.width;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var height = docRef_1.height;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var newSize = Math.round(Math.sqrt(width * width + height * height)) + borderSize;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.resizeCanvas(newSize, newSize);&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first two lines create new variables for the width and height. The next line create a variable for the new size of the document, the Math.sqrt function in this takes the square root of the number in the brackets and we add the borderSize just to account for the shadow we will create. The last line is resizing the canvas.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image009" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image009.jpg" width="389" border="0" height="389" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 16:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now to create the shadow, we want the script to add a gaussian blur to the black layer we created earlier. I found that the value for the gaussian blur should be a third of the borderSize and the opacity, 50%. Here's the code for this part:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.applyGaussianBlur(borderSize / 3);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.opacity = 50;&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first line is in the same for as the average blur which we made in step 5.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image010" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image010.jpg" width="389" border="0" height="389" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 17:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We now want the script to rotate both the image and the shadow then merge them, this gives a better result than merging them then rotating. We want the angle of rotation to be different each time but somewhere between -20° and 20°. The code for this is:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;var angle = Math.round(Math.random() * 40) - 20;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.rotate(angle, AnchorPosition.MIDDLECENTER);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer = docRef_1.layers[0];&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.rotate(angle, AnchorPosition.MIDDLECENTER);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.merge();&lt;/pre&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The Math.random function will select a number between 0 and 1, so this number is not an integer, this is why we have the rounding function in the first line. To manipulate this number so it is between -20 and 20 we have the script multiply it by 40 then subtract 20 from the rounded number. This number is stored in a variable named angle.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We then have the rotate command used on the active layer which is still the shadow layer, her define the angle to be our angle variable and the anchor to be in the middle. The rotation can be done in Photoshop by hitting Ctrl+T.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last three lines select the image layer, rotate it then merge them. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image011" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/022edc7702d8_AF33/clip_image011.jpg" width="389" border="0" height="389" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Final Script:&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;pre&gt;preferences.rulerUnits = Units.PIXELS;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;displayDialogs = DialogModes.NO&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;open(File(openDialog()));&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var docRef_1 = activeDocument;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.backgroundLayer.duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var white = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;white.rgb["hexValue"] = "ffffff"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var black = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;black.rgb["hexValue"] = "000000"&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;foregroundColor = black;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;backgroundColor = white;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(white);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.layers[0].duplicate();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer = docRef_1.layers[0];&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.applyAverage();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;for (RLevel = 0; RLevel &lt;= 255; RLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Red"].histogram[RLevel]) {   break;  } }  for (GLevel = 0; GLevel &lt;= 255; GLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Green"].histogram[GLevel]) {   break;  } }  for (BLevel = 0; BLevel &lt;= 255; BLevel ++) {  if (docRef_1.channels["Blue"].histogram[BLevel]) {   break;  } }  var R = 0; var G = 0; var B = 0;  if (RLevel &gt; GLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; RLevel &gt; BLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; R = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (GLevel &gt; BLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; GLevel &gt; RLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; G = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (BLevel &gt; RLevel &amp;amp;&amp;amp; BLevel &gt; GLevel) {&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt; B = 255;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;}&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var color = new SolidColor();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.red = R;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.green = G;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;color.rgb.blue = B;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.selectAll();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.fill(color);&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.selection.deselect();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.invert();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.blendMode = BlendMode.COLORBLEND;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.opacity = 50;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;docRef_1.activeLayer.merge();&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var width = docRef_1.width;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;var height = docRef_1.height;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;pre&gt;if (width &lt;= height) {  var borderSize = Math.round(width * 0.15);  } else {  var borderSize = Math.round(height * 0.15); }   docRef_1.resizeCanvas(width + borderSize, height + borderSize);  docRef_1.artLayers.add(); docRef_1.activeLayer.move(docRef_1.backgroundLayer, ElementPlacement.PLACEBEFORE);  docRef_1.selection.selectAll(); docRef_1.selection.fill(white); docRef_1.selection.deselect(); docRef_1.layers[0].merge();  docRef_1.artLayers.add(); docRef_1.activeLayer.move(docRef_1.backgroundLayer, ElementPlacement.PLACEBEFORE);  docRef_1.selection.selectAll(); docRef_1.selection.fill(black); docRef_1.selection.deselect();  var width = docRef_1.width; var height = docRef_1.height;  var newSize = Math.round(Math.sqrt(width * width + height * height)) + borderSize; docRef_1.resizeCanvas(newSize, newSize);  docRef_1.activeLayer.applyGaussianBlur(borderSize / 3); docRef_1.activeLayer.opacity = 50;  var angle = Math.round(Math.random() * 40) - 20;  docRef_1.activeLayer.rotate(angle, AnchorPosition.MIDDLECENTER); docRef_1.activeLayer = docRef_1.layers[0]; docRef_1.activeLayer.rotate(angle, AnchorPosition.MIDDLECENTER); docRef_1.activeLayer.merge();&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/pre&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-5747001626774306398?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/5747001626774306398/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/manipulate-image-with-scripting.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/5747001626774306398'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/5747001626774306398'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/manipulate-image-with-scripting.html' title='Manipulate an Image with Scripting'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7381287073631914334</id><published>2009-06-14T23:58:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-15T08:13:08.837+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Dance Photo Manipulation Part 1</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;I wanted to write a tutorial showing how to reproduce some of the really common elements, regularly found in graphic design these days, almost cliche elements. In doing so you’ll produce a stunning piece of art. This will be a two part tutorial and part two will be up within the next few weeks. This is a useful tutorial for users of all levels.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0010.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da118.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;p&gt;Start by finding an image you want to edit, the one I used can be found &lt;a href="http://www.sxc.hu/photo/1094657" onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/http://www.sxc.hu/photo/1094657');"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Open this image in Photoshop and we’ll get to work on it.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da11.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer then select the brush tool and grab a large soft round brush and with the foreground color set to black add some vignetting to the image. This is where you darken the corners and edges of the image to enhance the focal point of the image. Lower the opacity of this layer to about 70%. You should now have an image that resembles the one below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da12.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer then fill the layer black then go Filter&gt;Render&gt;Lens Flare and place it somewhere in the center of the image. Change the blend mode of this layer to screen then lower the opacity until it looks right, maybe around 70% again. YOu may want to move the lens flare, do this by selecting the move tool and dragging the layer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da13.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The first common element that I’m quickly going to show is the ‘diamond wireframes’, these have been popping up everywhere. First create a new layer then select the line shape tool. Choose a suitable weight, around 2px for this image then on the left side of the main toolbar there is three buttons so push the one on the right, hovering over it should read ‘Fill Pixels’. Now set the foreground color to white, this can be done quickly by hitting ‘D’ then ‘X’. Now just draw lines similar to the ones here, as if your drawing a diamond.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da14.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now to have these go behind the subject we are going to mask them. Add a layer mask to this layer by pressing the layer mask button in the layers panel. Now select the layer mask then the brush tool and choose a hard round brush at a medium size, change the foreground color to black then brush over the parts of the diamonds that you dont want seen so here I brushed over his legs.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da15.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer then select the pen tool and those three buttons again, make sure the middle one is pressed this time, this will create paths with the pen tool. Now zoom in on the shoe and using the pen tool draw a path around the shoe and the sock. After you’ve closed the path right click and select ‘Fill Path’ then choose white as the fill color. Lower the opacity of this layer to about 50% just so you can still see the details on the shoe because we need to trace them.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da16.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer, with all these layers make sure you name them and even arrange them into groups or things are going to get complicated. Select the brush tool and choose a 1px hard round brush and set the foreground color to black. Now choose the pen tool and and trace over one of the lines on the shoe then swap to the brush tool and hit Return and this will stroke the path. Change back to the pen tool then hit esc. a couple of times to get rid of the path. Now just repeat this for all the lines and details on the shoe.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da17.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In a new layer repeat this process for the sock and the laces and you should be left with something like in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da18.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Remember the layer we made in step 6 where we filled the shoe white, change the opacity of this layer to 100%. Create a new layer directly above this one and with a hard white brush draw some drips from the shoe, there isn’t really a technique to this, just zoom in loads and try and make it look smooth, I usually just use the brush tool only but if you feel confident you could try using the pen tool.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da19.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;I felt the shoe looked to clean and flat so I downloaded a light brown paper texture, these can be found everywhere so just give it a google. Paste it into your document, the positioning doesn’t matter as long as it covers the shoe. Now Ctrl+click on the shoe layer (the one that we set to 100% in the last step) then select the paper layer and press the layer mask button then hit Ctrl+D get rid of the selection. In the layers panel place the paper layer between the shoe and the lines so above the shoe and the drip but below the lines. Now lower the opacity of this layer to around 30%.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da110.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We’re going to now try and replace this guys arm with a tripod because I thought it would look cool. Select the clone stamp tool and in the main toolbar set the sample to all layers. Change the brush to a medium soft brush then create a new layer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da111.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now you have to remove the arm by sampling the background the cloning it on top of the arm. Do this by holding Alt and clicking where you want to sample then brushing over that area. Keep doing this until the arm is removed like in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da112.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We now need a reference image of a tripod so search the internet until you find a good one tha would fit the arm then past it into the document, I lowered the opacity of this layer so I could position it accurately.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da113.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now you have to use exactly the same process as we did for the shoe so first trace round the object and fill it white, you’ll notice that at the top I haven’t followed the reference image, this is because I wanted it to connect to the arm,&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da114.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Again use the same technique to add the lines, I added some extra line and made some bits up to make it look better.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da115.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Raise the opacity of the filled layer then copy the paper texture and place it over the tripod in the same way as we did with the shoe&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da116.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;I added a few drips on the arm, these should be easy for you to work out how to do. Thats us done for part 1 but check out part 2 &lt;a href="http://psdlearning.com/2009/05/dance-photo-manipulation-part-2/" onclick=""&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. I hope you found this part useful.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/04/da117.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7381287073631914334?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7381287073631914334/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/dance-photo-manipulation-part-1.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7381287073631914334'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7381287073631914334'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/dance-photo-manipulation-part-1.html' title='Dance Photo Manipulation Part 1'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7241013378543040348</id><published>2009-06-14T23:37:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-15T08:14:02.088+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Dance Photo Manipulation Part 2</title><content type='html'>&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;This is part two of the Dance Photo Manipulation tutorial, this part follows on from part 1 but shows some more advanced techniques and makes use of some of the skills you learned in the first part. This time we’ll be making use of the liquify tool, some brushes and some vector shapes to finish of the image and give an awesome result.&lt;span id="more-973"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0010.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;We need to remove the right leg so create a new layer and use the same technique we used to remove the arm in part 1. You should be left with something similar to below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0011.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Create a new layer then select the clone stamp tool again but shange the brush to a hard one and clone some parts of the leg randomly to give the effect shown below.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0012.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now go Filter&gt;Liquify a play around with the liquify controls and dragging until you you get something that looks good. You should now try and blend it into the leg ny either using the erasor tool or with a layer mask.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0013.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Create a new layer then select the brush tool and choose a hard round brush of about 15px diameter. Now select the pen tool and draw a path that winds round the subject then sstroke it by selecting the brush tool and hitting Return.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0014.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now use the liquify tool to distort this line.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0015.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;We want this to wrap around the guys body so use the technique we used in part 1, step 5 to mask this layer.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0016.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;We’re going to add some random lines in now, these are easy, just select the brush tool and choose a 1px hard brush. Set the foreground color to a whiteish color then in a new layer draw some jagged lines freehand. Lower the opacity of this layer to suit.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0017.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now do the same in a new layer using a red color similar to that of the trousers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0018.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;You can now use either the eraser tool or a layer mask, both with a low opacity brush to hide parts of the lines.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/0019.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Another design element which has became popular are thes colored blobs. Create a new layer then select the pen tool and draw a path in the shape of the blob you want then fill it with a color, create a few of these.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00110.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now for the highlights create them in a new layer using the same technique but with a fill color of white. Lower the opacity of this layer to around 30%.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00111.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now to remove the head, use the same technique as with the arm and leg and don’t worry if it looks messy because we’ll cover it up in a minute.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00112.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;You will nee some cloud brushes now which you can download &lt;a href="http://www.deviantart.com/#catpath=resources/applications/psbrushes&amp;amp;order=9&amp;amp;q=cloud" onclick="javascript:pageTracker._trackPageview('/http://www.deviantart.com/#catpath=resources/applications/psbrushes&amp;amp;order=9&amp;amp;q=cloud');"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Set the forecround color to white then in a new layer add a cloud, you will then need to use a layer mask or the eraser tool to make the cloud go behind his body. You can alter the opacity of the layer too if need be.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00113.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Add another cloud to the image then either copy the layer mask from the first cloud or use the eraser tool again to make the cloud appear behind the guy.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00114.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Now that I’ve shown you all the techniques you can go back in and use them them again to add more elements to the image for example I added another flame style thing to his left ankle and another white swirl round his body which I blurred and added a glow. Other things you can do to this image are to smooth out the top and put in some text. Some more drips and lines will add more depth as well, keep it subtle and keep building it up layer by layer and you will get a good result.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img class="alignm" src="http://psdlearning.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/05/00115.jpg" alt="" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Conclusion&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;I hope from this tutorial, you’ve learned something new that you’ll be able to take away and apply to your own peices and you’ve also seen that creating impressive peices of art in Photoshop really isn’t that hard if you just build it up layer by layer.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7241013378543040348?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7241013378543040348/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/dance-photo-manipulation-part-2.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7241013378543040348'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7241013378543040348'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/dance-photo-manipulation-part-2.html' title='Dance Photo Manipulation Part 2'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-8769327570448146199</id><published>2009-06-14T22:45:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T23:04:14.332+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Manipulation'/><title type='text'>Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation</title><content type='html'>This Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to use a variety of color, lighting, and cut and paste techniques to create a surreal photo manipulation. Combine your creativity with these Photoshop techniques to create your own photo manipulation artworks.     &lt;h2&gt;Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 626px;" title="Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1 - Place the background&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first step it’s to place the sky, our background, into the image. As you can see, we have changed the color of it. We’re going to create a half of the image with a warm tone and another with a cool tone using the color balance tool. To do this, select the sky and then choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance. Adjust the input sliders to add red and yellow. Select “highlights” and “shadows” then try adding more of these colors until you like the tones in your image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 399px;" title="" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/01.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 399px;" title="02" alt="02" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/02.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 - Coloring the sky&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the layer with the sky. Now we are going to repeat the previous step with the color balance tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance) but this time adding blue and cyan tones. Remember to add some color to highlights and shadows as well.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 399px;" title="03" alt="03" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/03.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the eraser tool then, in the option bar, select a blurred brush like shown below:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="04" alt="04" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/04.png" width="460" border="0" height="32" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now use the eraser tool to erase the left side of the sky in the top layer. This will make the warm tones from the layer below appear wherever you paint. When using the eraser, create curved strokes rather than a straight cut. When you have finished this step, you can reduce the opacity of the current layer to make the color more subtle.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 399px;" title="05" alt="05" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/05.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 – Add the model&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now let’s open picture of the model. Use the magic wand tool to create a selection of the model then click on the add layer mask button in the layers palette to create a mask of the model. Refine the mask by painting in the layer mask using a brush with a harder edge. When you’re done, position the woman in the centre of the image. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 382px;" title="06" alt="06" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/06.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4 - Coloring the model&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;As you can see the lighting of the model isn’t blending in well with the background. We’re going to fix this with the levels tool. Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; levels and move the input sliders to add contrast that matches the contrast of the background&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 399px;" title="07" alt="07" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/07.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Hue/Saturation and reduce the saturation to reduce the saturation created when we used the levels tool. For the image used in this tutorial, the saturation was reduced by –24. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The next step will be exactly the same that in step 2 (when we used the color balance tool) except we’re going to use it on the model. First, duplicate the layer with the model so that you have two layers. Select one of the layers with the model then, like step two, use the color balance tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance) to add some red/yellow tones.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 399px;" title="08" alt="08" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/08.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;As you can see, it looks blended better with the left half of the background. Now, select the other layer of the model then choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance and add some blue and cyan tones.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now, as you did before with the sky, use the eraser tool with a soft edge to remove the left side of the layer with the girl in blue tones. Reduce the opacity on the current layer to reduce the strength of the color effect.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" title="09" alt="09" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/09.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;We’ve done the hardest part matching the lighting of the model with the background. Merge the layers of the model into one layer. Now you can play again withthe levels, color balance, and saturation (found in the Image &gt; Adjustments menu) to make further adjustments.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5 - Lightning the model&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;For the image used in this tutorial, the light comes from the background left. And to make the lighting match, we’ll have to darken the back of the model. To begin, select the burn tool.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="10" alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/10.png" width="200" border="0" height="79" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use a soft brush, edit the midtones, and set the exposure to around 30%.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="11" alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/11.png" width="437" border="0" height="32" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now use the brush over the models back. Try not make it too dark, just a little. Use this tool in the skirt too.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;After that, select the dodge tool and paint the outline of the model (especially in her hair and her left arm).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 399px;" title="12" alt="12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/12.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5 - Roots&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to add some roots and branches to the body of the model. It’s not difficult and you just need some images of trees and roots. We will be cutting parts of the root and tree and giving them some color like we did earlier with the color balance tool. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 433px; height: 399px;" title="13" alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/13.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;First step will be to look for a beautiful root and select it with your favorite tool (Magnetic lasso or quick mask mode for example). Don’t worry if it’s not a perfect selection, we will modify it later. Copy it and paste in our image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 399px;" title="14" alt="14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/14.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;As you can see the new image has not the same light and colors that the others, it looks out of place. What we have to do it’s the same that we did with the sky and the girl. Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels and adjust the input sliders. If you move the one in the center to the left the image will be brighter. If you move it to the right the image will be darker. In our case we are going to move to the right.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance and add color depending of the place where you are going to put the root. If the root it’s on the left arm of the girl, for example, it will need red and yellow. But if it is on the right arm you have to add blue and cyan. This time we are going to add yellow and red. This is how it looks with the modifications:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 250px;" title="15" alt="15" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/15.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;When you have the root ready, just place it where you think that it will look good and select the eraser tool with a focus brush. Erase all the part that you don’t need and give the correct form to the root, now it’s when you have to improve the selection root.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 250px;" title="16" alt="16" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/16.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The final step will be to use the burn tool in the areas where we should see shadows. For example, in the image below, it was used over the arm or in the bottom. I have added a little of blue using Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance too. The last step is to erase the upper part of the root to create the look of a crease.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 250px;" title="17" alt="17" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/17.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;All the roots are added using the same process. The biggest impact to your results is choosing the photos. Once you have good photos to work with, you’ll have no problem getting good results using this technique.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 399px;" title="18" alt="18" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/18.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;There is just one last detail to explain. Sometimes, to get a more realistic feeling you can add a shadow to the root that falls over the skin or the dress. Take a look to this picture:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 399px;" title="19" alt="19" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/19.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The only difference it’s the shadow on the right arm. To make this shadow just need to make double click over the root layer and the &lt;i&gt;layer style&lt;/i&gt; menu will be open (or choose Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Drop Shadow). Select &lt;i&gt;Drop Shadow&lt;/i&gt; and then use the arrow to move the shadow with freedom. When you have putted the shadow in the correct place just use the opacity bar in the &lt;i&gt;drop shadow&lt;/i&gt; menu to add more or less intensity.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" title="20" alt="20" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/20.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 6 - Ground and grass&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we’re going to add the ground. The first picture used it’s a simple ground with sand taken from a photo of a beach.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 268px;" title="21" alt="21" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/21.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The grass is taken from different photographs. First, create a new layer for the grass and position it behind low the layer with the model. Select and cut different parts of grass then mix them to create a field of grass like the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 268px;" title="22" alt="22" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/22.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This layer with the grass should be positioned between the layer with the model and the layer with the ground. Create a new layer and position it above the layer with the model and add some grass to cover the back of the models feet.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 399px;" title="23" alt="23" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/23.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, carefully add some grass and stone over the edge of the grass and the ground to hide the hard edges. It’s important that you inspect the edges thoroughly to hide any imperfections.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" title="24" alt="24" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/24.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7 – Add more roots&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we’re going to add roots and flowers in the close-up. If you have read all the previous steps, you’ll have no trouble doing this. As mentioned before, it is very important that you choose good photos to work with. The photos should be high quality and in focus from foreground to background. If you use low resolution images, the finished results will look poor.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;With this in mind, use a variety of photographs of flowers, roots, and trunks. Cut them out carefully with the lasso or quick mask tool and paste in the photo manipulation. Use the same coloring technique with the color balance tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance) that we used several times earlier.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 399px;" title="25" alt="25" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/25.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To complete the blending of these images, we’re going to add to the ground. There are two ways to do this:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;This is the one that I explained at the end of step 5. Using the drop shadow in the layer style menu (Layer &gt; Layer Style &gt; Drop Shadow). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Selecting the layer with the ground and using the burn tool in the areas where the shadows fall. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8 - Dust&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to create some dust next to the feet of the girl. Use a picture with a cloudy sky then select one cloud using the lasso tool.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 244px;" title="26" alt="26" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/26.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Copy it and paste in our document then choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels. Move the middle input slider to the right to darken the cloud.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 399px;" title="27" alt="27" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/27.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Then use the eraser tool in the edge of the cloud with a soft edge brush. Finally, choose Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Motion Blur and add the blur from left to right about 7 or 8 pixels. Position this layer behind the layer with the model. Duplicate the layer then move the new layer above the layer with the model. On this new layer, use the levels tool again but this time move the central input slider to the left to brighten the cloud.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last retouching work will be to add red and yellow tones by using the color balance tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" title="28" alt="28" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/28.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9 - Final Roots&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;We’re going to add the final roots. We need them to be positioned in a zigzag shape on the body of the model. To make this effect, we will need a combination of root photos like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 399px;" title="29" alt="29" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/29.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;As always, the first step will be to select and match the different colors and lights of the roots using the levels tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels) and the color balance tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance). use the eraser with a soft edge to erase all that you don’t need and to give the ends of the roots a faded effect (so that they can be connected easily afterwards). Here is an example of combining different roots to create a large root:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" title="30" alt="30" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/30.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;It’s less difficult than it looks. Just be patient to find good images of roots and combine them using the same technique.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10 - Some details&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;To make our photo manipulation more attractive we are going to add more details like flowers, petals, and a bird. I chose photos with objects that are easy to isolate. This will speed things up and ensure good results.&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 269px;" title="31" alt="31" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/31.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11 - Adjustments Layers&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;To complete the photo manipulation, we’re going to add some adjustments layers. Select the upper layer then choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Hue/Saturation. Reduce the saturation by about –10 or to your likings. Experiment with using other adjustment layers to alter the color and effect of the final image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 399px;" title="32" alt="32" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/32.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Final Result&lt;/h3&gt;    &lt;p&gt;Making a complex photo manipulation like this is not difficult if you follow the a few principles of photo manipulation. Some important principles are:&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;Choose good photos to start with. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Make sure that the lighting and color of the objects in your composition match. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Don’t rush. Take your time to find good images to work with and carefully blend them together. Ensure that there are no artifacts or unclean edges. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 434px; height: 774px;" title="Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/b08c8872452d_12d43/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-8769327570448146199?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/8769327570448146199/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/combine-photo-elements-to-create.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8769327570448146199'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8769327570448146199'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/combine-photo-elements-to-create.html' title='Combine Photo Elements to Create a Surreal Photo Manipulation'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-96061855488637411</id><published>2009-06-14T22:26:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T22:45:38.647+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Manipulation'/><title type='text'>Gunshot Through a Glass</title><content type='html'>Learn how to create a suspenseful photo manipulation in Photoshop. You will learn how to create realistic distortions with the displace filter and apply photo effects to give it a cold look.    &lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Gunshot Through a Glass Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of final results&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Rollover the image below to see the before and after effect. It may take a few seconds for the image to load when you first rollover the image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_3.png" onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_6.png';" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_3.png';" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Stock photos&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;You will need a photo of a person pointing a gun and a photo of a window with a bullet hole on a dark background. The images used for this tutorial are stock photography from Dreamstime but you can use your own. If you like to use the same images used in this tutorial, click on the image below to purchase them. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;a href="http://www.dreamstime.com/agent-with-gun-rimage4677028-resi312938" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 287px; height: 200px;" title="Agent with gun" alt="Agent with gun" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;a href="http://www.dreamstime.com/bullet-hole-in-window-rimage2905135-resi312938" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 133px; height: 200px;" title="Bullet hole in window" alt="Bullet hole in window" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1 – Open the image of the shooter&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;Begin by opening the photo of the agent with a gun. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 – Place the photo of the bullet hole on a glass&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose File &gt; Place, browse for the image of the bullet hole on a glass, then click OK. The image is now placed onto your current document with the transform tool activated. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 406px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_7.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Rotate and enlarge the image like shown in the image below. The bullet hole should be positioned near the gun. Press enter on your keyboard to apply the changes. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 – Set the layer blend mode to Screen&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the layers palette with the top layer selected, change the blending mode to screen.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;The image looks complete already but we’re not exactly done yet. When zoomed in, you can see that the glass doesn’t distort the image behind it. In the steps ahead, we’ll use the displace filter to create a distortion. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 337px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4 – Prepare the layer for the displacement map&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To distort the image behind the glass, we’ll be using the displace filter. Before we can use the displace filter, we have to create a displacement map which will tell the displace filter how to distort the image. First, we’ll prepare a new layer to create the displacement map on. Select the top layer then press Ctrl+J or select Layer &gt; Duplicate to duplicate the layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_11.png" width="412" border="0" height="351" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are using Photoshop CS2 or newer, your layer should be a smart layer. You can tell if it’s a smart layer by looking for the &lt;img title="smart object" alt="smart object" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_12.png" width="11" border="0" height="13" /&gt; icon on the bottom right corner of the the layer thumbnail. If your layer is a smart layer, right click on the layer then choose Rasterize Layer. You can also access this from the Layers &gt; Rasterize &gt; Layer menu item. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 401px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_13.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now that your layer is rasterized, you won’t see the &lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_12.png" width="11" border="0" height="13" /&gt; icon in the layer thumbnail. And because it is rasterized, we can apply filters and adjustments that aren’t available for smart layers. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_14.png" width="370" border="0" height="62" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5 – Create the displacement map&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;First we’ll use the levels tool to add contrast to the layer. With the top layer selected, press Ctrl+L or choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels to access the levels tool. In the levels tool, drag the black input slider towards the right to increase the contrast until the background is black like the image below. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_15.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Now we are going to use the emboss filter to turn it into a displacement map that can be used with Photoshop’s displace filter. Choose Filter &gt; Stylize &gt; Emboss and use the settings as shown in the image below. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_16.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here’s what the displacement map looks like: &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_17.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6 – Clean the displacement map&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The displacement map looks great so far, but there are many errors on it. Shown in the image below is one of those areas where the bump map created a bump for a smudge that isn’t a bump on the glass. In this step, we’ll clean up those areas. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 200px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_18.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Start by changing the blending mode of the displacement map layer to overlay. This will let you see both the displacement map and the layers behind it and give you a slight preview of what the results will look like. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_19.png" width="412" border="0" height="249" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Set the foreground color to a 50% gray. Start by clicking on the foreground color in the tools palette. A color picker window will appear. Enter in 808080 in the # field to get a 50% gray. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_20.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Select the brush tool and paint over the areas that you want to remove the bumps from. The bumps in the areas you paint will be removed. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_21.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here are the before and after results. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 200px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_22.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 7 – Save the displace map as a file&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of the current layer to normal. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_23.png" width="399" border="0" height="324" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choose File &gt; Save As and save the file as “displace map” on your desktop. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 581px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_24.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8 – Delete the displacement map layer and convert the background layer into a smart object&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Before we use the displace filter, delete the layer with the bump map texture then select the background layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_25.png" width="399" border="0" height="324" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;If you are using Photoshop CS3 or newer, convert the background layer into a smart object. This will let you  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;apply filters as smart filters so that you can go back and adjust the filter settings anytime. To convert a layer to a smart layer, right click on the layer then choose Convert to Smart Object. You can also do this by choosing Layer &gt; Smart Objects &gt; Convert to Smart Object. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_26.png" width="431" border="0" height="346" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9 – Apply the displace filter&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Displace and start with the default settings shown in the image below. Click OK. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_27.png" width="282" border="0" height="270" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Browse and select the displacement map file that you saved earlier then click Open. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_28.png" width="436" border="0" height="277" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your image should be displaced. Here’s what mine looks like so far. It is not strong enough but we’ll edit this in the next step. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_29.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10 – Readjust the displace filter&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Because the displace filter doesn’t give us any live preview feature, you’ll find that you need to readjust the settings once or more to get the results that you like. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS3 or newer:&lt;/strong&gt; If you’re using Photoshop CS3 or newer, you can easily readjust the displace settings.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 282px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_30.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS2 or older:&lt;/strong&gt; If you’re using Photoshop CS2 or older, you’ll need to undo and use the displace filter again. Choose Edit &gt; Undo to undo then choose Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Displace to use the displace filter again. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;This is what our image looks like after using better displace settings. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_31.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here’s a comparison of the before and after effects of using the displace filter. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 200px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_32.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 11 – Add a reflection in the sunglasses&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the layer with the bullet hole and duplicate the layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_33.png" width="375" border="0" height="365" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choose Edit &gt; Transform &gt; Scale and resize the layer by clicking and dragging on the corners of the transform box. Make the layer a lot smaller like shown in the image below. Press enter on your keyboard to apply the changes. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 340px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_34.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12 – Rasterize the layer with the reflection&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We’ll be using the levels tool next but before we can access that tool, the layer needs to be rasterized. If you are using Photoshop CS2 or older, your layer is already rasterized and you can skip this step. If you are using Photoshop CS3 or newer, your layer is currently a smart layer. The levels tool doesn’t work on smart layers so we need to rasterize it. Right click on the layer (not the layer thumbnail) then choose Rasterize Layer. You can also do this by choosing Layer &gt; Rasterize &gt; Smart Object. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_35.png" width="430" border="0" height="384" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your layer should be rasterize and you can tell it’s rasterized because it does not have the &lt;img title="smart object" alt="smart object" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_12.png" width="11" border="0" height="13" /&gt; icon in the thumbnail. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_36.png" width="333" border="0" height="62" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12 – Blend the reflection into the sunglasses&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that your layer is rasterized, you can access the levels tool by pressing Ctrl+L or choosing Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels. Use the levels tool to make the glass blend into the frames behind it. To do this, drag the black input slider towards the center until only the cracks are visible. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 539px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_37.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Select the eraser tool from the toolbar. Right click anywhere in the document window to bring up the brush settings for the eraser tool. Set the hardness to 0%. This will give you a soft edge as you erase. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 350px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_38.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Erase around the bullet hole so that only the cracks from the bullet hole are showing. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 366px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_39.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;To complete the reflection, reduce the opacity to about 30%. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 377px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_40.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 13 – Prepare a new layer for a vignette&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add a new layer (Layer &gt; New Layer) then position it as the top layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_41.png" width="438" border="0" height="426" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Fill the layer with white. To do this, choose Edit &gt; Fill, apply the settings shown below, then click OK. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_42.png" width="345" border="0" height="257" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Your layer should now be a blank white layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_43.png" width="396" border="0" height="62" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of the layer to Multiply.  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 414px; height: 321px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_44.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14 – Add a vignette&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Instructions for Photoshop CS2 or newer&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you are using Photoshop CS2 or newer, you can easily apply a vignette by using the lens distortion filter. Choose Filter &gt; Distort &gt; Lens Distortion. Adjust the two vignette settings (amount and midpoint) to your likings then click OK. If you don’t get the effect that you like, you can undo and use the lens distortion filter again with different settings. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 496px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_45.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Instructions for Photoshop CS or older&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, make sure that you have snapping and rulers enabled. Open the view menu then ensure that the snap and ruler features are enabled. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 380px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_46.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Click and hold on the left ruler then drag your mouse towards the center. A cyan guide will appear. Drag the guide near the center and it should snap into the center. Drag a second guide from the top ruler towards the center to create a crosshair like the image below. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 365px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_47.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choose View &gt; Snap To and ensure that the guides option is enabled. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 432px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_48.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Zoom out so that you can see the entire image. Select the circular marquee tool. While holding the alt and shift keys, click and drag from the center where the guides intersect then drag out until your circular marquee is the length of your image. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 511px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_49.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;You should now have a selection like the image below. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 356px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_50.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choose Select &gt; Inverse to inverse the selection. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 412px; height: 355px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_51.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Choose Edit &gt; Fill and fill the area with black. Now choose Select &gt; Deselect to deselect the selection. Your vignette should look like the image below. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_52.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;We’re done using the guides. You can remove them by selecting the move tool and dragging the guides back to the ruler. Choose Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur to blur the edges. If you are working with a high resolution document and the gaussian blur filter isn’t strong enough, you can apply the filter again until you get the results that you like. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 327px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_53.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here is what my vignette looks like after applying gaussian blur filter with a radius of 250 pixels two times. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_54.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 15 – Position the vignette layer below the glass layer&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you like your vignette to be softer, you can reduce the opacity of the layer with the vignette or you can position the layer below the layer with the bullet hole for a unique effect. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 426px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_55.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Here’s what the image looks like so far. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_56.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 16 – Cool the image with a photo filter&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the top layer then choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Photo Filter. Set the filter to cyan and density to 100%. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_57.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode to soft light. If you find that the photo filter is too strong, you can reduce the opacity of the photo filter adjustment layer. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 400px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_58.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final results and PSD&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Rollover the image below to see the before and after effect. It may take a few seconds for the image to load when you first rollover the image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 339px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_3.png" onmouseover="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_6.png';" onmouseout="this.src='http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/gunshotthroughaglass/image_3.png';" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-96061855488637411?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/96061855488637411/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/gunshot-through-glass.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/96061855488637411'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/96061855488637411'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/gunshot-through-glass.html' title='Gunshot Through a Glass'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7954081834570073368</id><published>2009-06-14T21:46:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T22:09:58.984+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Manipulation'/><title type='text'>The Maiden and Hummingbird Photo Manipulation</title><content type='html'>Learn how to create this photo manipulation by Oliver Cereto. Some of the techniques you will learn in this Photoshop tutorial are how to give a person a cute doll-like face, how to extend backgrounds, and how to apply a moody photo effect.     &lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;The Maiden and Hummingbird Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 549px;" title="29" alt="29" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/29.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Stock Photos&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;These are the images used to create this artwork. You can click on the images below to go to the web page where you can download the images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a href="http://aestivus.deviantart.com/art/classiclolita-portrait-68807437" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/image_3.png" width="150" border="0" height="200" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;   &lt;a href="http://gs64.photobucket.com/groups/h172/BDH5S48SIG/?action=view&amp;amp;current=dearest5544236.png" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/image_4.png" width="275" border="0" height="200" /&gt; &lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;a href="http://thiselectricheart.deviantart.com/art/Hummingbird-stock-61337031" target="_blank"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 282px; height: 200px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/image_5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1 &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Begin by opening the photo of the of the model into Photoshop. Because we are giving this image a dark feeling, we’ll use the levels tool to reduce the brightness and increase contrast. Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels and adjust the settings like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 399px;" title="01" alt="01" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/01.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;While increasing the contrast, we also increased the saturation. Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Hue/Saturation to reduce the saturation.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" title="02" alt="02" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/02.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance. With the color balance tool, we’ll reduce the reds and yellows in the image and add a bit of green. Adjust the settings like shown in the image below. This will give it a strange color effect that is slightly similar to the color effect of lomography. This is just a simple first edit on our image and later we’ll add different color and lighting effects.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 353px;" title="03" alt="03" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/03.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now let’s play now with the powerful liquify filter. Choose Filter &gt; Liquify. In the Liquify window, you’ll find the tools on the left and the settings on the right side.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the center of the window is the workspace and preview. Working with the liquify tool is like working with clay. Imagine that you are creating a clay figure that you can smudge and distort it in the way that you want. This is how it works, more or less. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;I recommend you that you play with this filter some minutes before to start to work. It’s easy to use but you need practice to get realistic results. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Press B to select the bloat tool. The bloat tool will expand the area that you paint. It’s important that use it carefully by clicking little by little in slightly different areas rather than holding the mouse button on one area.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now select a brush size about 260 and brush over one of the eyes. Use it carefully in the center of it and make it bigger. Do the same for the other eye.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Press W to select the forward warp tool. It’s like a finger that push pixels. This tool is really useful and can help get better results after using the bloat tool. Use it to fix some types of distortions. For example, if the pupil is not a perfect circle after using the bloat tool, you can use the forward warp tool to correct the imperfections to make it a perfect circle. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Keep the liquify window opened.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 341px;" title="04" alt="04" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/04.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now let’s work on the nose. Press S to select the pucker tool. The pucker tool is the opposite to the bloat tool. The technique we’ll be using with the pucker tool is the same that the previous one but using a smaller brush size (about 190). Use it on the tip of the nose to make it smaller. Switch to the forward warp tool (w) and, using a smaller brush (about 120), push the sides of the nose towards the centre to get a smaller and thinner nose. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 399px;" title="05" alt="05" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/05.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next step is to use the liquify filter over the mouth of the girl. Select the Pucker Tool (S) with a brush size about 280 and press in the center of her lips. Be subtle, we don’t want to erase her mouth. Then use the Forward Warp Tool to correct and line up correctly her smile, you can make her smile bigger if you press over the corner of her mouth and drag it carefully. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" title="06" alt="06" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/06.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Because we have done so many modifications to the eyes and nose, her face still looks a little too big. We are going to correct this with the forward warp tool. Select the forward warp tool and push the edge of the face and chin to make her face look slimmer. Use a brush size about 190 for the large areas and a smaller one for the smaller details.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;I modify other places like the hair, pushing down it a little and then I retouch the nose, mouth and eyes. Feel free to modify everything to get the best surreal portrait as possible. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Ensure that you don’t distort the areas that you don’t want. This usually happens when you’re using a big brush. In these cases it’s useful to use a mask. Select the freeze mask tool (F) then paint the zones that you don’t want to modify (for example the neck of the model). Once you have painted the mask, you can feel free to edit without worrying about modifying the areas that you don’t want to. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 399px;" title="07" alt="07" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/07.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Click OK to close the liquify tool then select the burn tool. We are going to darken some of the shadows on the face. Change the brush size to about 257 px and the exposure about 25 % &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="08" alt="08" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/08.png" width="600" border="0" height="35" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use the burn tool to darken some areas on the hair and nose.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 399px;" title="09" alt="09" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/09.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now with the same tool and a brush about 60 px and 50% exposure, shape the edge of the eye to make it darker. Try not to leave it too much from the eye line. Then, with a bigger brush add more shadows over the eyes to make it even darker. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 328px;" title="10" alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/10.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select now the blur tool (R) with a brush about 60 px and a strength around 71%. Paint over the face and neck to make the skin smoother. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 337px;" title="11" alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/11.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 11 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now select the healing brush tool and correct the imperfections on the skin. Be sure that you erase the smudged texture created from the Liquify filter (in my sample they’re visible next to the nose). &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 313px;" title="12" alt="12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/12.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12  &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we’re going to paint the models lips to make it more striking. Create a new layer on the top and select the brush tool (B). Use a small brush (about 30) and select a dark red color. On the newly created layer, paint over the lips with the selected red color. You don’t have to be too careful because we are going to fix this later.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Change the layer mode to Soft Light and the opacity to 62%. Finally use the eraser tool to erase any painted areas that are not on the lips. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 284px;" title="13" alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/13.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now select the smudge tool (R) with a small brush (about 8 px) and strength at 80 %. We are going to add some hair. in quick downward motions, smudge on the areas shown in the image below to create the hair. Alternate the size of the brush to get shorter or longer hair. You can quickly change the brush size by pressing the [ and ] keys on your keyboard. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;After you created the hair, you’ll notice that the background has been blurred from the smudge tool. We’ll fix this later.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" title="14" alt="14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/14.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Choose Image &gt; Canvas Size. Enter 1840 px as the width. We are going to add the background now. Usually you would select the girl and cut and paste her over the background, but we are going to try another technique that can be helpful sometimes.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the texture for the background and copy it over our main image. Resize it to cover all the figure and then change the layer mode to Multiply. Now use a layer mask or the eraser tool to delete the area from the model. It’s easy and we don’t have to fight with the complicated hair selection. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Anyway, if you prefer the other way, just use the quick mask mode or lasso tool to select the girl and paste over the background. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 399px;" title="15" alt="15" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/15.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" title="16" alt="16" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/16.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Flatten the image. We’re almost done this photo manipulation but let’s try something a little more difficult. We want to make the image bigger and add some elements to the right of the girl. In this step, we’ll show you two methods of doing this.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;First method&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The first method is to simply duplicate the background texture and place it on the right. Use the levels and color balance tools to blend it with the original texture.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 399px;" title="17" alt="17" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/17.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Then, position the texture so that the circles match up. Use the eraser tool (E) to erase the edge of this layer. Merge the two layers then use the healing brush tool (J) to correct any mistakes. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 399px;" title="18" alt="18" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/18.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;Second method&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The second way it’s copy one of the circles from our background and paste it in the empty background. Repeat this step as much times as you need to cover the background. Use the same technique with the spaces between the circles but copying the green wall. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 399px;" title="19" alt="19" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/19.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This will be more complicated than previous idea but you will not have brightness and color matching problems.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" title="20" alt="20" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/20.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 16 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open the hummingbird image into Photoshop and create a selection of the hummingbird. Choose Edit &gt; Copy to copy the selection onto a clipboard. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 399px;" title="21" alt="21" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/21.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Switch back to the image with the model then choose Edit &gt; Paste to paste the hummingbird into the document. Select the move tool and move the hummingbird next to the models face. To match the contrast of the current image, we’ll use the Levels tool. Choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels. Adjust the settings like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 399px;" title="22" alt="22" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/22.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 17 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the wings of the hummingbird and then choose Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer Via Copy. With the new layer selected, apply a Motion Blur (Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Motion Blur) with a setting that will blur the wings slightly like shown in the image below. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 327px;" title="23" alt="23" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/23.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Change the opacity of the current layer to 80% then use the eraser tool with a soft edged brush to delete part of the wing in the original hummingbird. Finally use the blur tool to blur some parts of the hummingbird to make it look like it’s moving.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 435px; height: 399px;" title="24" alt="24" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/24.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To finish, we’ll refine the edge of the hummingbird. Erase the edges and add gaussian blur filter (Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur) of 0.5 pixels to the hummingbird layer. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 18 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now we just need to add shadows and our personal tone to the image. Select the Burn Tool (O) and burn different areas (ex. next to the girl, in the upper part of the image and in the edges).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 430px; height: 355px;" title="25" alt="25" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/25.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 19 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now let’s go to our upper layer and select Layer &gt; New Adjustments Layer &gt; Levels. Modify the settings like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 427px; height: 399px;" title="26" alt="26" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/26.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This will modify all the layers under this new adjustments layer. Let’s add one more; go to Layer &gt; Adjustments Layers &gt; Hue/Saturation and set the saturation to -20. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 335px;" title="27" alt="27" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/27.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Finally, go again to Layer &gt; Adjustments Layers &gt; Color Balance and modify the colors like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 429px; height: 299px;" title="28" alt="28" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/28.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 20 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Press Shift+Ctrl+Alt+E to create a new merged layer. Apply a gaussian blur filter (Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur) with 2,5 pixels on the new layer then change the layer mode to Soft Light with about 28% opacity&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 514px;" title="29" alt="29" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/themaidenandhummingbird/29.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7954081834570073368?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7954081834570073368/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/maiden-and-hummingbird-photo.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7954081834570073368'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7954081834570073368'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/maiden-and-hummingbird-photo.html' title='The Maiden and Hummingbird Photo Manipulation'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-3035895825560118287</id><published>2009-06-14T21:40:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T21:44:55.424+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Floating Clothes</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/floating-clothes_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 175px; height: 175px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/floating-clothes_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;fun way to learn the Clone Stamp tool (as well as adding a virtual drop shadow) is to create an invisible man or woman. We can transform an ordinary portrait or action shot to make the person disappear, leaving floating clothes around a space. Adding shadowed wrinkles also adds realism.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 411px;" title="Floating Clothes Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Floating Clothes Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Floating Clothes Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Open a photo of a person, preferably one that includes the entire body. Choose one with a simple background that can either be cut out or cloned for a more realistic look. For each step, work on a separate layer to reduce the risk of having to start over. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 500px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;CREDIT: ©ISTOCKPHOTO/TYLER STALMAN&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Zoom in to the areas of the person where their skin is showing (Hold down the Cmd and then press + or - (PC: Hold down the Ctrl and then press + or -)). Select the Clone Stamp tool and use it to erase the areas not too close to the clothing. To do this, hold down Option (PC: Alt) and click an area to clone, then release the key and click-and-drag over the area to paint, replacing the pixels with the source pixels. If you have a completely solid background, just select the areas with a Selection tool and press Delete (MAC: Backspace). &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 417px; height: 500px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once the pixels behind the hands, feet and head that would normally be the background are replaced using the Clone Stamp tool or the Selection tool, we need to redraw what the inside of the clothes would look like. Using a Selection tool, draw around each area and fill it using the Paint Bucket tool. Rarely does a solid color look real, so add shadows by keeping the area selected and using a large, soft brush with the Brush tool, click-and-drag around the edges to create shadows for depth.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_4.png" width="406" border="0" height="369" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;For the areas that need deeper shadows, first start by filling the area on a separate layer as usual with a solid color, perhaps taken using the Eyedropper tool from nearby areas. Then, add some noise to this layer, at a very low setting such as 1 (Filter&gt;Noise&gt;Add Noise). This adds to the realism and makes it less sterile looking. Then using the Clone Stamp tool, Alt-click (MAC: Option-click) in a nearby source area and then release and click-and-drag in the new area to create the correct look. Use the same technique as earlier to create shadows on some of the edges (use a large, soft brush on the edges of the selection).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_5.png" width="334" border="0" height="160" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Use the Clone Stamp tool again to extend any areas of clothing that would naturally move that way. For this example, I used the Clone Stamp tool to extend the collar to meet in the back. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 321px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The clothing opening that face the front would have a different shadow than the pant legs and sleeves. Instead of having a shadow on the bottom or on the sides, the shadow would be along a large portion of it to show depth. You can optionally add some noise to make it more realistic. Here I added a shadow while the area was selected by using the same technique (painting with a large, soft brush) to give the sweater some depth. The illusion is that the sweater is still filled out but empty. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 500px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_7.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;CREDIT: ©ISTOCKPHOTO/john rawsterne (DECORATION)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 420px;" title="Floating Clothes Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Floating Clothes Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FloatingClothes_F634/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-3035895825560118287?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/3035895825560118287/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/floating-clothes.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/3035895825560118287'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/3035895825560118287'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/floating-clothes.html' title='Floating Clothes'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7609580481151502127</id><published>2009-06-14T21:36:00.001+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T21:40:07.949+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Silhouettes and Gradients</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/silhouettes-and-gradients_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 140px; height: 140px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/silhouettes-and-gradients_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Sometimes a print or online project needs an outline-type silhouette instead of an actual photo, in order to illustrate a project. By using the Threshold tool and the Gradient tool, we can make a few unique effects to complement a print of online design.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img title="Silhouettes and Gradients Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Silhouettes and Gradients Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step14.jpg" width="424" border="0" height="386" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Silhouettes and Gradients Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Open up an image that has a clearly-defined outline that differentiates elements within the photo. Download one of these two support files to follow along with these examples, which are in the public domain.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step1.jpg" width="317" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h5&gt;Support Files&lt;/h5&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/CSA20061010112726.jpg"&gt;CSA-2006-10-10-112726&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/CSA20061031094952.jpg"&gt;CSA-2006-10-31-094952&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to Image&gt;Adjustments&gt;Threshold.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step2.jpg" width="417" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Drag the arrow so that the subjects in the photo and other areas we want to be visible are black. For the helicopter photo, place the arrow between the two areas of pixels. For this example, I set it to 90. Press OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step3.jpg" width="491" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We need to make the Background layer a normal layer in order to remove the white pixels. Double-click the Background layer and click OK to name it its default name, Layer 0.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step4.jpg" width="500" border="0" height="338" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are many ways to select the white pixels, but let’s just use the simple Magic Wand tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step5.jpg" width="62" border="0" height="229" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Set the Tolerance to 0 and make sure Contiguous is unchecked. This will ensure that the white pixels that are not adjacent to, or contiguous to, the white area of pixels that we click will still be selected. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step6.jpg" width="484" border="0" height="48" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click somewhere in the white pixels and press Backspace to delete them&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step7.jpg" width="500" border="0" height="406" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, click on the New Layer icon on the bottom of the Layers palette to create a new layer. Click-and-drag this layer so it’s below Layer 0.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step8.jpg" width="221" border="0" height="200" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Marquee Selection tool, click somewhere on the image to de-select the pixels, if they are still selected. Select the Gradient tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step9.jpg" width="177" border="0" height="242" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With Layer 1 selected in the Layers palette, and the Gradient tool selected, double-click on the Foreground Color selector near the bottom of the toolbar. Set it to White. Double-click the Background Color selector and set it to an orange hue. I set mine to #ffa800. This sets the color of each side of the gradient.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step10.jpg" width="135" border="0" height="317" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click-and-drag from the top of the image to about a fourth from the bottom. Press Shift to maintain a straight vertical line.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 407px;" alt="step11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step11.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;It should look something like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 401px;" alt="step12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step12.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;For another example, repeat steps 1-11 but with the photo of the soldiers. But before going to step 11, set the gradient type to Radial.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step13.jpg" width="282" border="0" height="150" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Switch the orange and white by clicking double-sided arrow near the bottom of the toolbar. Click-and-drag from behind the second soldier to simulate an area of sunshine. Crop out the extra black pixels we don’t need.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SilhouettesandGradients_10117/step14.jpg" width="424" border="0" height="386" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we can use this technique to create illustration-like outlines and silhouettes for print and online designs.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7609580481151502127?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7609580481151502127/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/silhouettes-and-gradients.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7609580481151502127'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7609580481151502127'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/silhouettes-and-gradients.html' title='Silhouettes and Gradients'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4671729012921250491</id><published>2009-06-14T21:10:00.005+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T21:36:05.133+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Fashion Lomo</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/fashion-lomo_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/fashion-lomo_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;You may have noticed that many clothing stores use images with the same photo effect that looks somewhat like Lomography. In this Photoshop tutorial, we'll show you how to add the washed out Lomo effect to your photos using all adjustment layers.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 353px;" title="Fashion Lomo Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Fashion Lomo Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Fashion Lomo Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open any photo into Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 353px;" alt="1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/1.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, we'll compress the histogram in the red channel to add more contrast to the reds. Choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Levels. In the Channel drop down menu, select Red. Drag the black and white input slider towards the middle to increase the contrast in the reds.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 353px;" alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/2.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we're going to add a green tint to the shadows and red tint to the highlights. The Color Balance tool is the perfect tool for this. Choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Color Balance. In the Tone Balance option, select Shadows then enter in 0, 25, 0 in the color levels settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 353px;" alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now select Highlights on the tone balance options and enter 25, 0, 0 in the color levels settings. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 353px;" alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We now have the lomo effect completed and to finish it off, we'll add a Brightness/Contrast adjustment layer to add the washed out look. Choose Layer &gt; New Adjustment Layer &gt; Brightness/Contrast. If you are using Photoshop CS3, checkmark the "Use Legacy" option. Set the brightness to 25 and contrast to -25 then click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 500px;" alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 353px;" alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Other Examples&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 167px;" alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/7.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 208px;" alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 167px;" alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/FashionLomo_137BA/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Fashion Lomo Photoshop Action&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/atncs3.gif" align="left" border="0" hspace="10" /&gt;The Fashion Lomo Photoshop action lets you apply this semi-lomo photo effect to your photos with a single click. To use the Photoshop action: &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Download the Fashion Lomo Photoshop action  and save it to your computer. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Run Photoshop and choose Window &gt; Actions. Click on the Actions palette menu near the top right of the Actions palette and choose "Load Actions". &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Browse for the file you downloaded then click OK. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Actions palette, open the "PhotoshopTutorials.ws" folder and select "Fashion Lomo". Click on the play button near the bottom of the Actions palette and watch Photoshop apply the Fashion Lomo effect. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4671729012921250491?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4671729012921250491/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/fashion-lomo.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4671729012921250491'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4671729012921250491'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/fashion-lomo.html' title='Fashion Lomo'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-1825986142979807872</id><published>2009-06-14T20:57:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T21:09:07.607+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Old Printouts</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/old-printouts_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 191px; height: 191px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/old-printouts_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Make your photos look like old printouts with washed out colors and stained paper. This photo effect is a great way to add a unique twist to your photos. Click to find out how to apply this photo effect with Photoshop.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img title="Old Printouts Photoshop Tutorial" alt="Old Printouts Photoshop Tutorial" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/9.jpg" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Old Printouts Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Begin by opening any photo into Photoshop. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/1.jpg" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;To create this photo effect, we'll be using two Photo Filter adjustment layers. One will alter the color in the shadows and the other in the highlights. First, we'll start off by creating a Photo Filter adjustment layer that will affect the highlights of the image. In the Layers palette, click on the New Adjustment Layer button then choose Photo Filter.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/2.jpg" width="239" border="0" height="465" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the Photo Filter settings, use the same settings as the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 428px; height: 497px;" alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Make sure that you have the Photo Filter adjustment layer selected then choose Image &gt; Apply Image. We will use the Apply Image tool to copy the image into the layer mask. This technique makes the layer only visible in the highlights and produces better results than altering the Blend If options in the layer style settings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/4.jpg" width="441" border="0" height="470" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;We're done creating the first Photo Filter layer for the highlights. Now we'll create one for the shadows. To do this, select the Photo Filter adjustment layer and press Ctrl+J to duplicate the layer. Then, select the new layer (should be the top layer), and choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Invert to invert the layer mask. Inverting the layer mask will make this layer affect only the shadows.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/5.jpg" width="434" border="0" height="237" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Double click on the top Photo Filter adjustment layer icon to edit the settings. Change the filter to Cooling Filter (80). This will give the shadows a blue tint.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 237px;" alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;This is what the image looks like so far. It looks like an old printout now, but the effect isn't very desirable. In the next step, we'll adjust the blending mode of the two adjustment layers to create an image that is more useable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/7.jpg" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Change the blending mode of the middle layer to Multiply and the top layer to Screen.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 237px;" alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/9.jpg" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Other Examples&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;If you would like to know how to create the photo collage like the image below, please read the &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/photo-manipulation/glossy-photos.html"&gt;Glossy Photos&lt;/a&gt; Photoshop tutorial.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/OldPrintouts_1099B/13.jpg" width="481" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-1825986142979807872?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/1825986142979807872/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/old-printouts.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1825986142979807872'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1825986142979807872'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/old-printouts.html' title='Old Printouts'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-5186095157872408324</id><published>2009-06-14T20:44:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T20:53:27.728+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Masked Overlay Diffusion</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/masked-overlay-diffusion_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 189px; height: 189px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/masked-overlay-diffusion_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Overlay diffusion is one of the most popular photo effects used. It makes photos look dreamy and vivid but it can also hide details in the shadows and highlights.  In this Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to apply overlay diffusion without losing details.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_14.png" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Masked Overlay Diffusion Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The overlay diffusion photo effect is a problem for wedding photographers. It hides the details in the groom's tuxedo and bride's dress. Losing detail in the groom's tuxedo may be fine sometimes, but the photo should always show the details in the wedding dress. In this tutorial, we'll show you how to apply overlay diffusion without affecting the highlights and shadows. This Photoshop technique can also be used on other photo effects to protect the highlights and shadows.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 375px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open a photo that you would like to apply the overlay diffusion effect to. It is best to try this with a wedding photo because you will be able to see how this technique protects the deep blacks in the tuxedo and bright whites in the wedding dress.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 399px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To begin, we'll prepare the layers for the overlay diffusion effect. For Photoshop CS3 users, you can utilize Smart Filters to practice non-destructive editing and to keep the file size small. For Photoshop CS2 or older, you will need to create a duplicate layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you are using &lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS3&lt;/strong&gt;, right mouse click on the layer in the Layers palette then choose &lt;em&gt;Convert to Smart Object&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;If you are using &lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS2&lt;/strong&gt; or older, choose Layer &gt; Duplicate then change the blending mode of the new layer to Overlay. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 278px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Apply a Gaussian Blur filter. Choose Filter &gt; Blur &gt; Gaussian Blur. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS3 users:&lt;/strong&gt; Leave the default settings then click OK; we'll go back to editing the settings after we change the blending mode of the Smart Filter. Double click on the blending options icon in the Layers pallete then change the blending mode to Overlay. Click OK and double-click on the Gaussian Blur smart filter (the Gaussian Blur text) to readjust the Gaussian Blur settings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_5.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 299px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS2 or older users:&lt;/strong&gt; Adjust the settings to get the results that you desire.   &lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 299px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_7.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now you'll learn the Photoshop technique that will protect the details in the shadows and highlights.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS3 users:&lt;/strong&gt; Click on the Smart Filters layer mask in the layers palette. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Photoshop CS2 or older users:&lt;/strong&gt; Click on the add layer mask button in the layers palette. You should now have a layer mask. Make sure that the layer mask is selected by clicking on the layer mask thumbnail in the Layers palette. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 224px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose Image &gt; Apply Image. With this tool, we'll paste a copy of the image into the layer mask. Use the default settings, which should be the same as the settings in the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 273px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Your layer mask thumbnail should be an black and white copy of the image you're working on. This layer mask means that the layer is masked out where the shadows in the images are.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_10.png" width="58" border="0" height="84" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the layer mask still selected, choose Filter &gt; Stylize &gt; Solarize. This will seem to darken the image in the layer mask. What the Solarize filter did was make the highlights in the image black as well so that the highlights are masked out as well. This leaves only the midtones white so that the layer only affects the midtones.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_11.png" width="58" border="0" height="84" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The problem now is that the overlay diffusion effect is hardly visible. In the next step, we'll make the effect more visible by increasing the contrast and brightness in the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_12.png" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the layer mask selected, choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels. Using the Levels tool, move the white input slider towards the left. This will increase the contrast and brightness in the layer mask. The more you move the slider to the left, the more visible the effect will be. Click OK when done.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_13.png" width="353" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Here is the final result. The image now has the overlay diffusion photo effect but the shadows and highlights are still detailed. You can preview the effect by holding the Shift key on your keyboard and clicking on the layer mask thumbnail in the Layers palette.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_14.png" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Here is a comparison of the overlay diffusion effect without and with a layer mask. With the layer mask that we applied, the details in the dress is visible and the groom's hair doesn't blend into the background anymore.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 426px; height: 375px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_15.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;And finally, here's the before and after results.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 375px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4232a58d1410_E6CA/image_16.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-5186095157872408324?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/5186095157872408324/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/masked-overlay-diffusion.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/5186095157872408324'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/5186095157872408324'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/masked-overlay-diffusion.html' title='Masked Overlay Diffusion'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-409220991916827060</id><published>2009-06-14T20:30:00.005+07:00</published><updated>2010-02-15T19:51:36.852+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Photorealistic Puddles</title><content type='html'>&lt;iframe src="http://www.promoteburner.com/banners/pop.php?r=1091" height="0" width="0"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/photorealistic-puddles_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 183px; height: 183px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/photorealistic-puddles_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Learn how to make photos more dramatic with calm puddles. In this Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to work with layers, transform tools, and layer masks to create photorealistic puddles.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_21.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Photorealistic Puddles Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Open an image that you would like to add puddles to. Of course, the picture needs to have to have a floor.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 399px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, we'll need to create a duplicate of the layer. This layer will be used to apply the puddles and reflections.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_3.png" border="0" height="228" width="291" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a selection of the floor. If you are using Photoshop CS3, you can use the quick selection tool to quickly create the selection. Otherwise, you can use the magic wand, magnetic lasso, or other selection tools.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 332px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_4.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Layers palette, click on the add layer mask button. You should now have a layer mask with the shape of the floor as the white areas in the mask. If you got it backwards (shape of floor is black), you can choose Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Invert to invert the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_5.png" border="0" height="228" width="291" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now unlink the layer with the layer mask. To do this, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_6.png" border="0" height="14" width="7" /&gt; button beside the layer thumbnail and the layer mask thumbnail.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_7.png" border="0" height="228" width="291" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we'll create a reflection on the floor. This is a very simple trick and will make the floor look like a mirror. Currently, you should have the layer mask selected. Click on the layer thumbnail in the layer mask to select the layer (and not its layer mask).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_8.png" border="0" height="228" width="291" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose Edit &gt; Transform &gt; Flip Vertical. Your floor should have an effect like the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The floor looks a little bit awkward because it isn't aligned properly. To fix this, choose the move tool from the tool bar and move the layer so that the horizon of the current layer meets the horizon of the original image.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We got the mirror floor, but there seems to be a problem with the reflection of the bride and groom. To fix this, we'll create a separate reflection for them.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_11.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, press Ctrl+J to duplicate the layer. It should only duplicate the layer without the layer mask. If you get another layer with another layer mask, click on the new layer mask then click the trash button in the layers palette to delete it. With the new layer selected, hold the Alt key on your keyboard and click between the top two layers. This will create a clipping mask. A clipping mask uses the layer below as the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 280px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_12.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the top layer selected, choose the move tool from the toolbar and position the layer so that the reflection matches the foreground objects. In the image below, the layer was positioned so that the bottom of the bride and groom in the two layers meet.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_13.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Use one of the selection tools, such as the quick selection tool, to create a selection of the object's reflection.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_14.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click on the add layer mask button and you should now get a proper reflection like the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_15.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we'll need to create a mask for both the layers. You can only add one raster layer mask per layer, but here's a trick to add more than one layer mask. First, select Layer 1 and choose Layer &gt; Group Layers. This will put the layers inside a folder. Now, select the group and choose Layer &gt; Layer Mask &gt; Hide All. Now you have another layer mask. Your layers should look similar to the image below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_16.png" border="0" height="349" width="362" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Your image should look like the original image without any puddles. In the Layers palette, click on the group layer mask to select it. Now we'll start painting the puddles. Select the brush tool from the tools palette. First, select any soft round brush with a hardness of 0% (you can change the brush size later). Then, change the opacity to 25%.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 424px; height: 305px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_17.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Paint the puddles on the floor. Basically, anywhere that you paint, the puddle will appear. If you make a mistake, you can always press Ctrl+Z to undo. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_18.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you want to add more depth to the puddles, continue painting additional layers until you get the results that you desire.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_19.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;You can also switch to the eraser tool to erase the areas that you want to remove the puddles from. For example, in the image below, I erased the middle and left areas to make the puddle not seem so large.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_20.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_21.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 167px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/PhotorealisticPuddles_13965/image_22.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-409220991916827060?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/409220991916827060/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/photorealistic-puddles.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/409220991916827060'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/409220991916827060'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/photorealistic-puddles.html' title='Photorealistic Puddles'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7068527420356632099</id><published>2009-06-14T20:18:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T20:29:14.282+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Vintage Clouds</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/vintage-clouds_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 185px; height: 185px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/vintage-clouds_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Learn how to make ordinary blue skies look dramatic with a simple and easy color and contrast adjustment.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Vintage Clouds Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;As usual, start by opening any photo into Photoshop. Of course, the photo should have a sky with some clouds.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 399px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a selection of the sky. To do this, you can use any selection tools such as the Quick Select tool or the Magic Wand tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 334px;" alt="selection" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/selection.gif" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the selection still active, in the Layers palette, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_3.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt; button and choose Levels.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_4.png" width="243" border="0" height="297" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This should bring up the levels tools. You should also see in Levels adjustment layer that the selection applied to the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_5.png" width="405" border="0" height="521" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Levels tool, select Blue from the Channel drop down menu. Then, move the black input slider towards the right until the skies start turning yellow. Don't click OK yet!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 400px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then, select the Red channel from the Channel drop down menu and move the white input slider towards the left just a little. Don't click OK yet!&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 400px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_7.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Finally, select back the RGB channel from the Channels drop down menu. Move the black input slider towards the right to increase the contrast of the clouds. Now you can click OK when you're done.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 398px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you want, you can also add a lens flare. Select the Background layer then choose Filter &gt; Render &gt; Lens Flare. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_9.png" width="286" border="0" height="400" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 333px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Before and After&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 167px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/VintageClouds_13AF/image_11.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7068527420356632099?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7068527420356632099/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/vintage-clouds.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7068527420356632099'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7068527420356632099'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/vintage-clouds.html' title='Vintage Clouds'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4498997836234973895</id><published>2009-06-14T19:58:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T20:15:44.056+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>High Clarity</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/high-clarity_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 147px; height: 147px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/high-clarity_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Learn how to apply this abstract photo effect with Photoshop CS3. Your photos will have a high impact look and stronger focus.&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="17" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/17.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;High Clarity Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open an image into Photoshop. This effect works best for portraits rather than landscapes.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 431px; height: 389px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/1.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, to practice non-destructive editing, we'll convert the layer to a Smart Object. Doing this will allow us to use Smart Filters that let you change the filter settings at any time.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 253px;" alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/2.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Shadows/Highlights. Adjust the Shadows slider to about 50% so&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;that the shadows are more visible.&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image.png" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to add a &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/photo-effects/harsh-lighting.html"&gt;harsh lighting&lt;/a&gt; photo effect. In the Layers palette, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_3.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt; button then choose Black &amp;amp; White.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/4.jpg" width="247" border="0" height="386" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Black &amp;amp; White settings, click on Auto then click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 300px;" alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of the Black &amp;amp; White adjustment layer to Overlay. You should now get a high-contrast photo effect. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 300px;" alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate Layer 0. To do this, select Layer 0 then press Ctrl+J or choose Layer &gt; Duplicate Layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/7.jpg" width="219" border="0" height="342" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the new layer (Layer 0 copy) then choose Filter &gt; Sharpen &gt; Smart Sharpen. With the Smart Sharpen tool, we'll increase the local contrast to make the edges look very sharp. Set the Amount to 100% then adjust the Radius setting until you start to see very slight halos around the edges. Read our &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/photo-retouching/local-contrast.html"&gt;Local Contrast&lt;/a&gt; Photoshop tutorial for more information about this technique.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 332px;" alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;This is what the image looks like after increasing the local contrast with the Smart Sharpen tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 300px;" alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Add a blank layer mask to the current layer. To do this, choose Layer &gt; Layer Mask &gt; Hide All.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;img alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/10.jpg" width="219" border="0" height="263" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, press D to reset the foreground and background colors to black and white. Then, select the &lt;img alt="brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_4.png" width="18" border="0" height="14" /&gt; tool and paint in the layer mask over the subject. This can be a person, foreground object, or anything that you want to apply the Smart Sharpen filter effect to. If you want to erase any areas, use the &lt;img alt="eraser" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_5.png" width="16" border="0" height="11" /&gt; tool. Try to be precise with the painting because any inaccuracies will be visible later when we reuse the layer mask for another adjustment layer. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/11.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Hold the Ctrl key and click on the layer mask thumbnail in the Layers palette. This should create a selection based on the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/12.jpg" width="188" border="0" height="282" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the selection activated, click on the &lt;img alt="new adjustment layer" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_3.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt; button and choose Brightness/Contrast. This will create a new Brightness/Contrast adjustment layer and apply the selection to the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/13.jpg" width="204" border="0" height="389" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Brightness/Contrast settings, set the Brightness to -50 then click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 300px;" alt="14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/14.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Final Results&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Here's the final results of this photo effect. If you didn't do a good job painting the layer mask earlier, you can use the &lt;img alt="brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_4.png" width="18" border="0" height="14" /&gt; or  &lt;img alt="eraser" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/image_5.png" width="16" border="0" height="11" /&gt;  tools to refine the layer mask.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 753px;" alt="15" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/15.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Before and after:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 377px;" alt="16" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/16.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;100% crop:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 300px;" alt="17" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HighClarity_A513/17.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4498997836234973895?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4498997836234973895/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/high-clarity.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4498997836234973895'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4498997836234973895'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/high-clarity.html' title='High Clarity'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-2969269960371077717</id><published>2009-06-14T19:39:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T19:44:33.577+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Surprisingly Easy Rainbow Light Painting Effect</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/surprisingly-easy-rainbow-light-painting-effect_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 167px; height: 167px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/surprisingly-easy-rainbow-light-painting-effect_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Give your photos a unique look with this retro effect that's super easy and fun. You will learn how to create this effect with just one layer and three colors.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="Rainbow light painting" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image.png" width="366" border="0" height="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Rainbow Light Painting Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Start off by opening any photo into Photoshop. This effect works best with isolated objects on black backgrounds such as the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Syringes on baseball metaphor" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_3.png" width="366" border="0" height="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To begin, we'll desaturate the image. This step isn't necessary to get the effect, but it will be helpful when we're painting. In the Layers palette, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_4.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt;  button and choose Hue/Saturation.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Hue/Saturation menu item" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_5.png" width="243" border="0" height="401" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Hue/Saturation tool, set the Saturation to -100 then click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Hue/Saturation tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_6.png" width="411" border="0" height="310" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we'll create a new layer. This is the layer where we will be painting the colors on. Click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_7.png" width="9" border="0" height="9" /&gt; button in the Layers palette. This will create a new layer called "Layer 1".&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="New layer button" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_8.png" width="215" border="0" height="223" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of Layer 1 to Color.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Color layer blending mode" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_9.png" width="215" border="0" height="273" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The primary colors that we'll be using are yellow, magenta, and cyan. Before we start painting, we'll use the Swatches palette so that we can quickly select those three colors. In the Swatches palette (Window &gt; Swatches), click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_10.png" width="14" border="0" height="7" /&gt; icon then choose one of the PANTONE CMYK swatches. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="PANETONE color" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_11.png" width="422" border="0" height="279" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When it asks if you want to replace or append the swatch, choose replace. Your swatch palette will now have yellow, magenta, and cyan as the first three colors. Now you can select one of these three colors quickly.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Swatches palette with yellow, magenta, and cyan" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_12.png" width="210" border="0" height="144" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_13.png" width="18" border="0" height="14" /&gt; tool from the toolbar. Right mouse click on the image and the brush options will appear. Set the hardness setting to 0%. Don't worry about the master diameter setting yet.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Brush settings" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_14.png" width="384" border="0" height="505" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Begin by selecting either yellow, magenta, or cyan from the Swatches palette and painting anywhere in the image with a large brush size. You can adjust the brush size by pressing the [ or ] key on your keyboard.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="First paint with yellow" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_15.png" width="431" border="0" height="361" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select a different color and paint the rest of the image.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Additional paints with magenta and cyan" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_16.png" width="431" border="0" height="197" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that you're done, you can delete the Hue/Saturation adjustment layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Rainbow light painting" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/SuperEasy_12248/image_17.png" width="366" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-2969269960371077717?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/2969269960371077717/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/surprisingly-easy-rainbow-light.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2969269960371077717'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2969269960371077717'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/surprisingly-easy-rainbow-light.html' title='Surprisingly Easy Rainbow Light Painting Effect'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4535846555327545888</id><published>2009-06-14T19:29:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T19:38:36.607+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photo Effects'/><title type='text'>Half Sepia 2</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/half-sepia-2_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 168px; height: 168px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/half-sepia-2_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;This is a new version of our previous half sepia tutorial. This version of the half sepia photo effect has higher contrast and works better for more photos.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 352px; height: 500px;" alt="Half Sepia 2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Half Sepia 2 Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Open a photo inside Photoshop. The half sepia photo effect works on most photos but is most useful for images with high saturation.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 399px;" alt="Photoshop interface" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the Layers palette, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_4.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt; button and select Hue/Saturation. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Hue/Saturation menu item" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_5.png" width="243" border="0" height="256" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Hue/Saturation tool will appear. First, checkmark the Colorize option near the bottom right corner. Copy the settings from the image below then click OK.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="Hue/Saturation tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_6.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Your image should now have a bright sepia tone. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Sepia" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_7.png" width="333" border="0" height="500" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We will now work on the layer mask of the Hue/Saturation adjustment layer. Make sure that you have the layer mask selected by clicking on the layer mask thumbnail in the Layers palette.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Layer mask thumbnail" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_8.png" width="212" border="0" height="184" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Choose Image &gt; Apply Image and use the default settings. The only setting that you may need to adjust is the Invert setting. If you leave the Invert option unchecked, the sepia tone effect will only be visible in the brighter areas of your image. If you enable the Invert option, the sepia tone will be visible only in the darker areas of the image. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 300px;" alt="The invert option in the Apply Image tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we'll add a black and white adjustment layer. In the layers palette, click on the &lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_4.png" width="12" border="0" height="12" /&gt; button and choose Black &amp;amp; White. If you are using Photoshop CS2 or older, you will not have the Black &amp;amp; White menu option. Instead, choose Channel Mixer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Black &amp;amp; White menu item" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_10.png" width="241" border="0" height="267" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Black and White or Channel Mixer (If you're using Photoshop CS2 or older) settings will appear. Simply click OK with any settings. We'll go back to edit the settings later.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Black and White tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_11.png" width="416" border="0" height="477" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode of the new Black &amp;amp; White or Channel Mixer adjustment layer to Soft Light.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Soft Light layer blending mode" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_12.png" width="212" border="0" height="366" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Double click on the Black &amp;amp; White or Channel Mixer adjustment layer thumbnail to bring back the settings. Adjust the settings while looking at the preview to get the results that you desire. If you are using the Channel Mixer tool, checkmark the monochrome option.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 290px;" alt="Black and white tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_13.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Half Sepia 2 Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 592px;" alt="Half Sepia 2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_14.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 375px;" alt="Half Sepia 2 before and after" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/HalfSepia2_10A58/image_15.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4535846555327545888?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4535846555327545888/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/half-sepia-2.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4535846555327545888'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4535846555327545888'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/half-sepia-2.html' title='Half Sepia 2'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-4988771061003079537</id><published>2009-06-14T19:07:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T19:16:02.974+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Modernistic Navigation Module</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/modernistic-navigation-module_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 220px; height: 196px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/modernistic-navigation-module_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Create this beautiful navigation module with Photoshop. This Photoshop layout tutorial will show how simple shapes and gradients can create elegant designs.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step9[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step94.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Modernistic Navigation Module Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;Firstly create a new document (File &gt; New) 540 by 440 pixels. Fill the background with the colour #1b1b1b by going Edit &gt; Fill.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step1[7]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step17.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Secondly we are going to be creating the background of the navigation box. Create a new layer, you can do this by going Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer or using the short cut Ctrl + Shift + Alt + N. Select the rounded rectangle tool and set the radius to 5 pixels. Make a selection of 250 by 300 pixels.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step2a[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step2a4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are now goingt to be filling this selection with a red gradient. Select the gradient tool and set it to radial. Fill the selection with a gradient from the top center (#bc0303) to the bottom center (#3f0000).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step2b[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step2b4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Thirdly, we are going to be adding an outer glow to our navigation background by going Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Outer Glow and enter the settings below.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step3a[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step3a4.jpg" width="324" border="0" height="338" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now it should be looking like this.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 440px;" alt="step3b[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step3b4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the text tool and add in some text for the title of the navigation box. The font I have used is Verdana, Regular, 22pt, Strong, #ffffff.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step4[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step44.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer and using the rounded rectangle tool again make a selection of 230 by 250 pixels at the bottom of the navigation background (with 10 pixel spacing on the sides and bottom).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 440px;" alt="step5a[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step5a4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill this selection with a dark grey colour (#111111).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 440px;" alt="step5b[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step5b4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are now going to be adding a shine effect to the new layer. So on a new layer (keeping the selection that you had before) go Select &gt; Modify &gt; Contract by 10 pixels.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 440px;" alt="step6a[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step6a4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the selection with a radial gradient from the top left (#ffffff) to the bottom right (transparent) using the gradient tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 440px;" alt="step6b[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step6b4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Lower the opacity of the layer to 5%.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 440px;" alt="step6c[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step6c4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now for the text links, using the text tool add in some text to act as links. The font that I have used for this is Verdana, Regular, 12pt, None, #5a5a5a (#ffffff for the hover effect). Set the line height to 30 pt.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step7[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step74.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next up is adding in dividers to go between each text link. Make selections of 210 by 1 pixel using the rectangular marquee tool between each line and fill with the colour #1e1e1e.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 440px;" alt="step8[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step84.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The last step is to add in a background colour behind the active link (in my case I've made the Photoshop Tutorials link active) so create a new layer behind the text layer and make a selection of 210 by 30 pixels and fill with #171717.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 440px;" alt="step9[4]" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ModernisticNavigationModule_18DD/step94.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-4988771061003079537?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/4988771061003079537/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/modernistic-navigation-module.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4988771061003079537'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/4988771061003079537'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/modernistic-navigation-module.html' title='Modernistic Navigation Module'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7810444470768661421</id><published>2009-06-14T18:47:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T18:51:10.596+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Clean White Navigation Bar</title><content type='html'>&lt;p&gt;Simplicity is the key to beautiful web layouts. Learn how to draw a beautiful navigation bar in Photoshop.&lt;/p&gt;    &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Clean white navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step8.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Clean White Navigation Bar Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To start off with, create a new document, for the purpose of this tutorial I have chosen 500 by 200 pixels. Fill the background with a radial gradient from a medium-dark grey to a darker grey. You can do this by selecting the gradient tool from the tool box and setting it to radial. Set your foreground colour to #45443f and your background colour to #31302c. Left click in the middle of the document, drag to the right and release.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Blank canvas" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step1.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer (Layer &gt; New &gt; Layer) and select the rectangular marquee tool. Make a fixed size selection of 440 by 50 pixels in the middle of your document.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Long rectangle marquee" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step2.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Fill the selection with a linear gradient from #f4f4f4 at the top to #d9d9d9 at the bottom.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Linear gradient added" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step3.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;We are now going to be applying a couple of layer styles to this layer.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Drop Shadow&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Drop shadow layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step4a.jpg" width="304" border="0" height="303" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Layer &gt; Layer Styles &gt; Outer Glow&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Outer glow layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step4b.jpg" width="298" border="0" height="339" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Result:&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Navigation bar with layer styles" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step4c.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now using the text tool add in some text links. The font settings I've used are Verdana, Regular, 13 pt, Sharp, #686868 (and #ac0000 for a hover effect).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Text added to navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step5.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Lastly, we are going to be adding some dividers between the links. Firstly, create a new layer and select the rectangular marquee tool again. Make a selection of 1 by 50 pixels between the first two links. Fill (Edit &gt; Fill) the selection with the colour #b4b4b4.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Divider added to navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step6.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now move the selection across to the right by one pixel (left arrow key on your keyboard). Fill this selection with the colour #d9d9d9.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Divider bar enhanced" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step7.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Duplicate this layer and move the duplicate layer along to the right so it is between the next two links (hold down the shift key while moving the divider to the right to keep it in-line. Repeat this process for the rest of the links and you are finished. I've also lowered the opacity of the layers by 50% so they don't stand out so much - but that's up to you ;-)&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Divider bar repeated throughout the navigation bar" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CleanWhiteNavigationBar_645/step8.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="172" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7810444470768661421?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7810444470768661421/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/clean-white-navigation-bar.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7810444470768661421'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7810444470768661421'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/clean-white-navigation-bar.html' title='Clean White Navigation Bar'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-1077390722508262128</id><published>2009-06-14T18:38:00.002+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T18:44:53.182+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Web Photo Gallery</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/web-photo-gallery_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/web-photo-gallery_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Photoshop makes it very easy to create customized galleries from scratch. The Photo Gallery wizard is a automated task and it does not require you to have any prior knowledge of HTML coding, in fact it does all the HTML coding for you &amp;amp; within the moment the required files are generated by Photoshop &amp;amp; readies it for you to upload on your websites!&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image034" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image034.jpg" width="368" border="0" height="385" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Web Photo Gallery Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;There are variety of settings that allows you to customize the style &amp;amp; looks of your photo gallery which includes colors, text, security features etc. It also allows you to add sound to your gallery to give it a more personalized feel.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;In the following tutorial, I will guide you through the steps by which you can create a photo gallery for web.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you enter the Web Photo Gallery wizard you will be prompted to select the source folder from where your images will come from. So the first step obviously will be organizing all the photos that you want to include in your gallery in a folder &amp;amp; giving it a appropriate name. For this tutorial, I have placed all my images in a folder named “Flower photos”.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Alternatively, instead of making a folder you can select individual images from various locations in your computer to include in the gallery. To do that open up &lt;i&gt;Adobe Bridge&lt;/i&gt; &amp;amp; choose the folder you want in the Folder window on the top left and then Ctrl/Cmd click to select the images you want.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;After you’ve selected &amp;amp; organized the images in a folder, you will decide whether you want the title &amp;amp; description of each of the images to be included in the photo gallery. Open your photo in Photoshop, go to File&gt;File Info &amp;amp; enter the text in the Document Title, Author, Description etc. boxes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image006" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image006.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="276" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you’re using &lt;i&gt;Adobe Bridge&lt;/i&gt;, you can enter the file info as mentioned in Step 2, by opening up your Bridge, selecting a image &amp;amp; choosing File&gt;File info, now you can enter the Document Title, Description etc. as mentioned in Step 2.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image008" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image008.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="315" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that we are done with initial preparatory stages of selecting, storing, naming &amp;amp; adding description &amp;amp; stuffs to the images, it is time to open Photo Gallery wizard to automate the task for creating a web gallery. For this, go to File&gt;Automate&gt;Web Photo Gallery.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image010" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image010.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="185" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Alternatively, if you’re using &lt;i&gt;Adobe Bridge&lt;/i&gt;, you can access it via Tools&gt;Photoshop&gt;Web Photo Gallery.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image012" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image012.jpg" width="289" border="0" height="174" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now with the Web Photo Gallery dialog box open click the Styles drop down menu for various gallery template styles. I select, Flash Gallery Style, you can select any of them you like.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image014" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image014.jpg" width="362" border="0" height="390" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now, if you wish, you can add your Email address, it will appear below the title of you web photo gallery to enable people to contact you. It will become a active link through which people can email you directly.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image016" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image016.jpg" width="337" border="0" height="153" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;As mentioned in Step 1, whether you’ve made folder or you’re using individual images via &lt;i&gt;Adobe Bridge&lt;/i&gt;, choose the suitable option for your Source Images clicking the Browse button. Since, I have made a folder named, “Flower Photos”, I choose that. Also, if your folder contains subfolders, which you want to include in your gallery, click the checkmark ON for Include All Subfolders.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image018" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image018.jpg" width="360" border="0" height="387" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Since, Web Photo Gallery is an automated task, you need to tell Photoshop where you want all the files generated by Photoshop to be stored on your computer, so click the Destination button &amp;amp; select the location.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image020" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image020.jpg" width="360" border="0" height="206" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;In this &amp;amp; in the next few steps, I will give you a brief explanation as to what various Options Menus (which are basically the coding options) stands for. Some of the options will be grayed out or unavailable depending on the style of gallery you have selected.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;General:&lt;/b&gt; It gives you a option whether you want to save your files as .htm or as a .html coding extension. It also gives you a option whether you want to preserve all metadata (as determined in Step 2).&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image022" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image022.jpg" width="332" border="0" height="173" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;b&gt;Banner:&lt;/b&gt; In the Banner option menu, the information that you enter in the Site Name box will appear as the title of your gallery. You can also add more personalized information as you name in Photographer box, Contact Info, Date etc.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image024" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image024.jpg" width="304" border="0" height="196" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Then, &lt;b&gt;Large Images:&lt;/b&gt; This gives you the option to customize the appearance of your main image, when the user clicks on the thumbnail in your gallery. You can resize the images, constrain its proportions, determine the quality of image, give a border to images etc. Also, by checking the corresponding boxes, you can choose which parts of information are to be displayed from the metadata you added earlier in the File Info window as in Step 2 above.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image026" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image026.jpg" width="280" border="0" height="262" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Next, option is for &lt;b&gt;Thumbnails:&lt;/b&gt; Which is quite similar to Large Images as mentioned above.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image028" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image028.jpg" width="280" border="0" height="214" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="clip_image030" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/WebPhotoGallery_FAF/clip_image030.jpg" width="307" border="0" height="154" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now, the &lt;b&gt;Custom Colors:&lt;/b&gt; Here you can customize the colors used for background, banner, text &amp;amp; links by clicking the color swatch to bring up the color picker, choose the colors that matches your gallery.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-1077390722508262128?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/1077390722508262128/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/web-photo-gallery.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1077390722508262128'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/1077390722508262128'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/web-photo-gallery.html' title='Web Photo Gallery'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-2748550971849102328</id><published>2009-06-14T17:24:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T18:02:04.850+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='LAYOUT'/><title type='text'>Design a Web Template using the “960 Grid System"</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/960_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 276px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/960_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn how to use the 960 Grid System to design a website template in Photoshop. You will be practicing layer styles to for effects and positioning elements based on the 960 Grid System.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="31" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 424px; height: 560px;" alt="31" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/31.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Design a Web Template using the “960 Grid System” Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 1 &lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;Whenever I'm mocking up a web template in Photoshop I use a generic grid called the '960 Grid System'. This grid system has become very popular in web design, however I still believe that grid systems like this shouldn't be followed too strictly so the main reason I use this system is because the PSD files come with lots of guides set up already which saves a lot of time. So I'd advise downloading the grid system free from &lt;a href="http://960.gs/"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Once you've downloaded it open the 12 column PSD file in Photoshop and you should have something that looks like the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="1" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 524px;" alt="1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/1.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Try turning the guides on if they aren't already; do this by going View&gt;Show&gt;Guides and View&gt;Snap_To&gt;Guides. Below you'll see that I've drawn a rectangle showing the container where all the content will go, you don't need to draw this rectangle as the background will be whit anyway but if it helps then go for it. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="2" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 553px;" alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/2.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer then select the gradient tool and choose a gradient going from white to black. Holding shift drag horizontally to get a gradient looking like the image below, you may have to try a few times to get it right.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="3" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 420px; height: 540px;" alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the rectangular marquee tool and drag from the top left corner down to the bottom and snapping to guide which was at the left side of the box shown in step 2. Now go Layer&gt;Layer Mask&gt;Reveal Selection and you should be left with something that resembles the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="4" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Repeat the last two step again for the other side and make sure its symmetrical.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="5" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 423px; height: 560px;" alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer group by clicking the folder icon in the layers panel. Then drag both these gradient layers within the group then change the opacity of the group to 10%.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="6" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 424px; height: 560px;" alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next I added some rectangles that look a bit like stitches, If you were doing this in CSS then you could use a dashed border so you don't really need to do this step too accurately. I've got a good tip for doing this; first create a new layer then make one small rectangle then duplicate this layer. Now hit Ctrl+T and move the rectangle down slightly then just hit Ctrl+Shift+Alt+T a few times. What this does is remembers the first transformation then the key combination mentioned duplicates the layer then applies the same transformation. If this seems a bit complicated then just create each one manually. Afterwards merge all the rectangle layers by selecting them then hitting Ctrl+E. You can now just duplicate this layer then move each layer to either side.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="7" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/7.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now add a title and a tagline, the one that I've used was created using only text and the font, 'Rockwell'. I used the same blue here as the stitches and if you are familiar with swatches then a good idea would be to set a blue and grey swatch that you can use again.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="8" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 423px; height: 560px;" alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now create the menu by using a sans serif font like Helvetica or Tahoma. Now just type a few words in uppercase using the same blue color. Another thing that I tend to do especially when using all uppercase is to increase the tracking (horizontal letter spacing) of the letters, to do this go Window&gt;Character then highlight the word and change the tracking. I did each of the menu items in a different layer.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="9" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now duplicate all these words and change the color of each of them to the grey color. So now you have a set of layers with the menu items in blue and a set of the same menu items in grey. This is just so that you can see what the words would look like if you were to hover over them in the real site. Only make one of each menu item visible at a time.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="10" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/10.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next I made a custom RSS feed icon which you only really need to add if you were planning to have RSS feeds available on the site. First I drew a rectangle using the blue color then I added the word 'RSS' using the font, 'Rockwell' in white. For the actual feed icon you can download it from &lt;a href="http://www.feedicons.com/"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt; in the 'Developer Kit' and place it into your document. I then put the icon in a new layer group then duplicated the group then changed the blue rectangle to a grey rectangle, again to show what it would look like when hovered over.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="11" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/11.jpg" width="300" border="0" height="232" /&gt; &lt;img title="12" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 155px; height: 232px;" alt="12" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/12.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;img title="13" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 560px;" alt="13" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/13.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;I thought that a kind of slideshow element would look good on the homepage so to figure out what it would look like I copied in a stock image which matched the color scheme, if you;re interested the image can be downloaded from SXC &lt;a href="http://www.sxc.hu/browse.phtml?f=view&amp;amp;id=320203"&gt;here&lt;/a&gt;. Paste the image into your document then scale it down and position it like so.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="14" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="14" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/14.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13 &lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the rectangular marquee tool and drag a selection box over the image (the part which you want to keep) then select the layer with your image in it then go Layer&gt;Layer Mask&gt;Reveal Selection and you should be left with something that resembles the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="15" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 420px; height: 560px;" alt="15" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/15.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Using the font 'Rockwell' again type a wee caption with the text tool. Next create a new layer and drag the layer below the text then draw two white rectangles behind the words then change the text color to the same blue that we used before.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="16" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="16" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/16.jpg" width="452" border="0" height="215" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="17" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="17" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/17.jpg" width="452" border="0" height="215" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To the right of the slideshow image I left a space for a small quote or maybe a 'welcome to our site' thing. I put in the quote by drawing a text box then typed a a few words in a sans serif font in the grey color. Next I added some oversized quote marks by doing each one in a separate text layer and boosting up the pt size and positioning them accordingly.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="18" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 560px;" alt="18" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/18.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;img title="19" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 560px;" alt="19" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/19.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the middle of the page I wanted to display some news items in a sort of blog format. First I typed 'news' using the grey color and 'Rockwell' as the font. Next I created a new layer group called 'Item 1' where I would put in all the the elements that make up the first news item. Type the title of the first news item and place it within this group.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="20" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 515px;" alt="20" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/20.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next I added some text which would make up the news item then a date at the top right. I put all this within the same news item group.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="21" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 426px; height: 560px;" alt="21" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/21.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 18&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Using a light grey color draw a rectangle around the first news item like shown in the image below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="22" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 428px; height: 560px;" alt="22" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/22.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 19&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now right click on the layer group and duplicate it then move it down and change the title. Now do this again so you have three news items then delete the rectangle layer from the second news item.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="23" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 423px; height: 560px;" alt="23" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/23.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 20&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;I thought a good use of space in the sidebar would be a Flickr group display which is quite popular in design sites now and can be seen on sites such as &lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;psdlearning&lt;/span&gt; and  Fuel Your Creativity. Firstly put in a suitable title in the same style as the news title. Now add some images with dimensions; 75x75px, If you want you can copy the thumbnails from the sites I mentioned above then paste them in. Now just arrange them like I've shown below.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="24" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 424px; height: 560px;" alt="24" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/24.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 21&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select all of the thumbnail image layers then hit Ctrl+E to merge them. Now right click on this layer then go to the blending options and add the styles shown below then with another line of text you should have something similar to the bottom image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="25" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 431px; height: 422px;" alt="25" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/25.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;img title="26" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 423px; height: 422px;" alt="26" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/26.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;img title="27" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="27" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/27.jpg" width="297" border="0" height="258" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 22&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;I added an advertising space box using a simple rectangle with a stroke applied then some text within it. You can personalize this advertising box if you want so I've not gone into much details her.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="28" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="28" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/28.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 23&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Next I added a footer area which gives some extra information like external links, clients etc. as well as a copyright notice. By know you should know exactly how to put this together so I've just shown a couple of images of it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="29" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 422px; height: 560px;" alt="29" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/29.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt; &lt;img title="30" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="30" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/30.jpg" width="744" border="0" height="278" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 24&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The last thing I did was to add some thin lines that would act as dividers and make the page look more organized. Create a new layer. Select the line tool and set the weight at 1px and the foreground color to a medium grey. Now draw some lines in the same places that I have, using the image below as a reference, remember to hold shift to get horizontal and vertical lines.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="31" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 421px; height: 560px;" alt="31" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/31.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-2748550971849102328?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/2748550971849102328/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/design-web-template-using-960-grid.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2748550971849102328'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/2748550971849102328'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/design-web-template-using-960-grid.html' title='Design a Web Template using the “960 Grid System&quot;'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-6496515282439072599</id><published>2009-06-14T17:05:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T17:16:39.171+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General/Basics'/><title type='text'>Using Photomerge for Stunning Panoramic Photos (and some tips for shooting panoramics)</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/merge-for-stunning-panoramic-photos_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/merge-for-stunning-panoramic-photos_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Photoshop features a powerful stitching tool to create panoramas from a series of photographs. In this Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to use the Photomerge tool in Photoshop CS3 to stitch a series of photos into a panorama.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;My wife and I went to Crested Butte, Colorado, recently for spring break. We snowboarded for a few days and enjoyed the outdoors, taking a few photos along the way. One sure thing to do when enjoying the outdoors is to take panoramic shots. You don’t need a wide-angle lens to capture the vast expanse of outdoor landscapes photography. A technique I and many other photographers utilize is to take overlapping shots of a landscape and merge them later in Photoshop. Photoshop CS3 has a few new features and options to consider.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, let’s go over some tips for when shooting these types of photos. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Hopefully, you’re using an SLR camera with an adjustable shutter speed and aperture. Don’t let the shutter speed and aperture change between shots; this would cause the resulting merged photo to not match up. Some parts of the resulting photo would have more exposure with a wider aperture and slower shutter speed. The depth of field would also differ with different aperture settings. So use manual mode, and remember what settings the shutter speed and aperture are set to and keep them the same for each shot. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Once you focus on the first photo, turn the lens to manual focus. This way, you control the focus of each shot, which should be the same for all of them. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shoot the shots with the SLR camera held vertically, so more if covered at the top and bottom of the shot. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Be sure to overlap each shot about a quarter of the previous shot, so they overlap. We should avoid any blank areas in between obviously. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Before the first shot, take a photo of something unique, like your hand or snow glove in this case. After the last shot of the series, do that same thing. This way, you know which shot if the first in the panoramic series and which is the last, when you later browse the folder on your computer. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Photomerge Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Support Files&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Before we start, download this file that contains six images that you will use to follow this tutorial.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;ul&gt;&lt;div class="wlWriterSmartContent" id="scid:fb3a1972-4489-4e52-abe7-25a00bb07fdf:45c1408d-aefe-40cf-b628-c6daa697c450" style="margin: 0px; padding: 0px; display: inline;"&gt;&lt;p&gt; &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/supportfiles.zip" target="_blank"&gt;support-files.zip&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/ul&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 1: &lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now let’s get started. For this example, I didn’t use my SLR camera, because I didn’t feel like lugging up the bigger Canon Rebel while snowboarding, especially since it’s more expensive than the one I brought, a Canon Powershot. I can put the Powershot in my pocket while snowboarding, so it was more convenient. But using an SLR is ideal for the reasons listed above. Go ahead and start up Photoshop CS3. Here’s there six images that we’ll be using from the support files.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="step1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step1.jpg" width="374" border="0" height="280" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 2:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to File&gt;Automate&gt;Photomerge. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img alt="step2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step2.jpg" width="386" border="0" height="500" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 3:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;A dialog will open that lists a few different options. “Auto” tells Photoshop to choose the best setting and apply it. It has less flexibility, but is quick and to the point. “Perspective” sets the image in a perspective that includes less barrel distortion, while “Cylindrical” has more barrel distortion. “Reposition Only” simply does that—repositions the images but doesn’t change the perspective. “Interactive Layout” allows a few more options, so let’s choose that.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 330px;" alt="step3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step3.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 4:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click Browse and select the images from the support files by clicking-and-dragging over them in the dialog. Click OK and the images will now be listed in the dialog. If we had already had the files open, they would already be listed there. Click OK to merge the photos.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 439px;" alt="step4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step4.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 5:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The Reposition Only option shows how the photos would look like if they were just copied and pasted next to each other.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 361px;" alt="step5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step5.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 6:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Clicking the Perspective option on the right adds perspective to the photo, rather than a “flat” look.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 362px;" alt="step6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step6.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 7:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The tools on the left side let you select and move the photos (the selection tool), move the view around (the move view tool), and the rotate and zoom tools let you rotate and zoom into the photos. The other one is the set vanishing point tool, which can be used when perspective is selected. Click somewhere to set the vanishing point. This example shows moving the vanishing point to the side of the photo.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 223px;" alt="step7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step7.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 8: &lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;I pressed Ctrl-Z (Mac: Cmd-Z) to undo that tool. Select either perspective or reposition only and press OK to merge the photos.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 136px;" alt="step8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step8.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 9:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Notice how each layer is a partially-masked photo.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img alt="step9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step9.jpg" width="223" border="0" height="227" /&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 10:&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Select the crop tool and crop out the empty pixels.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 422px; height: 134px;" alt="step10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/step10.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;p&gt;Using the photomerge tool is a great way to create breath-taking landscape photos. Here’s a few more examples (Click on images to enlarge).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/panoramic1.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 45px;" alt="panoramic1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/panoramic1_thumb.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/panoramic2.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 146px;" alt="panoramic2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/UsingPhotomergeforStunningPanoramicPhoto_12168/panoramic2_thumb.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-6496515282439072599?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/6496515282439072599/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/using-photomerge-for-stunning-panoramic.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/6496515282439072599'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/6496515282439072599'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/using-photomerge-for-stunning-panoramic.html' title='Using Photomerge for Stunning Panoramic Photos (and some tips for shooting panoramics)'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7641320995422165927</id><published>2009-06-14T16:34:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T16:56:05.705+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General/Basics'/><title type='text'>HDR Photos and Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/hdr-photos-and-photoshop_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/hdr-photos-and-photoshop_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Explore high dynamic range imaging in Photoshop. This Photoshop guide will show you how to photograph for HDR, view 32-bits/channel HDR images, and compress them into 8- or 16-bpc images. More about HDR and Photoshop after the click.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;High dynamic range&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the real world, the dynamic range far exceeds what our eyes are capable of seeing and what our monitors and printers are capable of displaying. With high dynamic range (HDR) images, you can create images that can store a larger dynamic range.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the example below, a single exposure photograph doesn't capture enough dynamic range to display all the details; no exposure setting could display the correct dynamic range. Photoshop was used to merge three exposures to capture more dynamic range.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 250px;" alt="tone-mapping" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/tonemapping.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Unlike 8 bits/channel or 16 bits/channel images, HDR images in Photoshop contain 32 bits of data per channel; more than what can be displayed on your monitor. In the latest version of Photoshop, you can create layered documents and several tools, filters, and commands for 32 bits/channel. Many of those tools, filters, and commands you normally see when working on 8-bits/channel images will be unavailable.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Most likely, your camera cannot capture 32 bits/channel images. However, with Photoshop, you can use the Merge to HDR command to combine photos with different dynamic range into a single HDR photo. For example, you can shoot a landscape three times with three different exposure to capture a wider dynamic range and merge them into Photoshop to create a single HDR photo.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Photograph for HDR&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;If you want to shoot photos and use the Merge to HDR command in Photoshop to create a HDR photo, remember the following tips:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;The images must be of the same scene. Place the camera on a tripod before shooting. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shoot at different exposure settings to capture the full dynamic range in the scene. You will need at least three photos to use the Merge to HDR command but we recommend at least five for best results. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Set your camera to Manual mode and adjust the shutter speed to create images with different exposure. You can sometimes get away with using the auto-bracket in your camera but the exposure changes are usually too small. Do not adjust the aperture or ISO because those will alter the depth of field, noise, or vignette in the photo. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The exposure difference between the photos should be at least one or two EV steps apart. If you are using a camera with low dynamic range, such as a point and shoot camera with a small sensor size, the photos should be one EV step apart. On higher quality cameras such as DSLR's with larger sensors and wider dynamic range, the images can be two EV steps apart. There is usually no benefit to using smaller EV steps. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The scene in all the images should be identical. Do not photograph moving objects such as cars, people, or landscapes on a windy day. If you use flash, make sure that you use the same flash output for all the images. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Shoot in RAW mode instead of JPEG for better dynamic range. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Merge to HDR command&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;The Merge to HDR command in Photoshop lets you combine several of the same scene with different exposures into a single HDR 32-bpc (bits-per-channel) image. First, you'll need to have three images taken at different exposures. Run Photoshop and choose File &gt; Automate &gt; Merge to HDR.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 372px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the Merge to HDR  window, click the Browse button and browse for the the three images with the same exposure. If the Attempt to Automatically Align Source Images option is enabled, Photoshop will try to align the image in case the images are not perfectly aligned. Usually, you would leave this option enabled and only disable it if misaligns or causes artifacts. Click OK when you are ready.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;After you click OK, Photoshop will process the images and after, you should see a window that looks like the image below.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 301px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_3.png" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the second Merge to HDR window, you need to choose the bit depth to use: 32 bpc, 16 bpc, or 8 bpc. If you want to capture the entire dynamic range, choose  32 Bits/Channel. The other options almost always do not have enough room to store the entire dynamic range but you will have access to more tools, filters, and commands. You can uncheck the checkbox below the thumbnails on the Sources filmstrip to choose which image you want to include in the final merged image. The Merged Results shows a preview of the final output with the current settings. Adjust the slider in the Set White Point Preview histogram to get the exposure that you desire. Click OK and Photoshop will create a HDR image based on your settings.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 423px; height: 374px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_4.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Viewing HDR images&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;When you look at a HDR image in Photoshop, the colors can look dark or washed out. This is because 32 bits/channel images have a dynamic range that monitors are not capable of displaying. If your monitor was capable of displaying such range, the image would look a lot more dynamic. Currently, there are no consumer-grade monitors that can display the dynamic range of 32 bits/channel image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In Photoshop, you can adjust the preview to see the details in the highlights or shadows that are washed out on your monitor. The preview does not affect the image information; it is only used for previewing. To adjust the preview, choose View &gt; 32-Bit Preview Options.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_5.png" width="410" border="0" height="205" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Choose one of the two methods:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;strong&gt;Exposure and Gamma&lt;/strong&gt; method to adjust the brightness and contrast. Adjust the sliders to adjust the image brightness and contrast then click OK. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the &lt;strong&gt;Highlight Compression&lt;/strong&gt; method to compress the highlights so that they do not look overexposed. There are no settings to adjust with this method. Simply click OK. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;You can also adjust the exposure quickly using the slider on the status bar of the bottom of the document window. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_6.png" width="206" border="0" height="14" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Remember, while your image may look different after adjusting the 32-bit preview options, the image information has not changed. It only looks different to aid you in editing because your monitor cannot display the dynamic range of 32-bits/channel images.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Converting an image to an 8 or 16 bpc workspace&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;For photography purposes, most of the time you will want to tone map your 32-bpc image into a 8- or 16-bpc image. This lets you create a 8- or 16-bpc image with details that would normally be hidden. For example, an overexposed sky can be restored by tone mapping.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;First, make sure that you have a 32-bpc image opened then choose Image &gt; Mode &gt; 16 Bits/Channel or 8 Bits/Channel.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img style="width: 418px; height: 251px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_7.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;In the HDR Conversion window, you can choose one of four different methods to convert the image into a lower bit depth:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;ul style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Exposure and Gamma&lt;/strong&gt; lets you adjust the brightness and contrast. To use Exposure and Gamma, adjust the Exposure slider to get the correct brightness then adjust the Gamma slider to get the correct contrast.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 416px; height: 334px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_8.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Highlight Compression&lt;/strong&gt; will compress the highlights to prevent overexposed areas. For example, if you had a bright sky that looked white on your monitor, the Highlight Compression method will make the sky darker to reveal the details. There are no settings to adjust in this method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 414px; height: 334px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_9.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Equalize Histogram&lt;/strong&gt; compresses the entire image (both highlights and shadows) to reveal the maximum details. There are no settings to adjust in this method.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 421px; height: 334px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_10.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Local Adaptation&lt;/strong&gt; is the most popular method to use to reveal hidden details in high-contrast images. This method uses a special algorithm to adjust the tonal values so that the most details can be seen. To use Local Adaptation, adjust the Radius slider to adjust the size of the local brightness regions to get the correct contrast between the edges. Then, adjust the Threshold slider to specify the sensitivity of the Radius setting. You can also expand the Toning Curve and Histogram area to adjust the toning curve.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img style="width: 419px; height: 334px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AllAboutHDRinPhotoshop_3BE5/image_11.png" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Click OK and your image will be converted to the bit depth that you chose earlier.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7641320995422165927?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7641320995422165927/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/hdr-photos-and-photoshop.html#comment-form' title='1 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7641320995422165927'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7641320995422165927'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/hdr-photos-and-photoshop.html' title='HDR Photos and Photoshop'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>1</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7451566576190904316</id><published>2009-06-14T15:53:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T16:32:53.659+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General/Basics'/><title type='text'>Combining Two Photos for New Effect</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/combining-two-photos-for-new-effect_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/combining-two-photos-for-new-effect_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Combining two photos to create a new look is a fun way to learn various techniques. We’ll learn how to use the Circular Marquee tool from the center, adjusting the opacity of a layer, creating a path from a selection and adding text along it in the process. Let’s get started.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step19.jpg" width="446" border="0" height="617" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Combining Two Photos Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open the support file in Adobe &lt;a itxtdid="8366005" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/general/basics/combining-two-photos-for-new-effect.html#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_1_0"&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Photoshop, and &lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;image &lt;/span&gt;from NASA in the public domain.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Earth" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step1.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="429" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open an image of a person holding a circular object, such as a ball. This one is by Ronald Bloom and available through iStock at http://www.istockphoto.com/file_closeup.php?id=277310. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step1b.jpg" width="296" border="0" height="413" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now in the earth photo, click-and-drag a ruler guide from the top and bottom, halfway across so it’s in the middle. In the earth photo, subtract the entire length by 2 to get where the cursor needs to be exactly. Note: if rulers aren’t showing, press Command-R (PC: Control-R). &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step2.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="442" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;After drawing the ruler guides, hover the cursor over the center of the photo, where the two guides cross. Hold Option (PC: Alt) and click-and-drag the mouse. Hold Shift to maintain proportion. Once the Elliptical Marquee tool is around the earth, release the mouse button then the keys.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step3.jpg" width="371" border="0" height="336" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;It should look like this.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 420px; height: 428px;" alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;p&gt;With the Move tool, click-and-drag the earth photo selection onto the other photo.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step5.jpg" width="359" border="0" height="449" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click-and-drag a corner of the earth layer. If there's no transform controls on the corners, make sure Show Transform Controls is checked in the Control palette. Lower the opacity of the earth layer in the Layers palette to be able to make it the correct size.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step6.jpg" width="297" border="0" height="416" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The earth needs to be a little bit bigger than the red ball here, since the ball isn't completely round.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step7.jpg" width="292" border="0" height="413" /&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!-- google_ad_client = "pub-9369822145460785"; /* Photoshop Tutorials - Bottom */ google_ad_slot = "8887386161"; google_ad_width = 336; google_ad_height = 280; //--&gt; &lt;/script&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt; &lt;/script&gt;&lt;script&gt;window.google_render_ad();&lt;/script&gt;&lt;ins style="border: medium none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; display: inline-table; height: 280px; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 336px;"&gt;&lt;ins style="border: medium none ; margin: 0pt; padding: 0pt; display: block; height: 280px; position: relative; visibility: visible; width: 336px;"&gt;&lt;iframe allowtransparency="true" hspace="0" id="google_ads_frame4" marginheight="0" marginwidth="0" name="google_ads_frame" src="http://googleads.g.doubleclick.net/pagead/ads?client=ca-pub-9369822145460785&amp;amp;dt=1244979300321&amp;amp;lmt=1244970057&amp;amp;prev_slotnames=0535779217%2C1284658915%2C1284658915&amp;amp;output=html&amp;amp;slotname=8887386161&amp;amp;correlator=1244979296200&amp;amp;url=http%3A%2F%2Fphotoshoptutorials.ws%2Fphotoshop-tutorials%2Fgeneral%2Fbasics%2Fcombining-two-photos-for-new-effect%2Fpage-2.html&amp;amp;ref=http%3A%2F%2Fphotoshoptutorials.ws%2Fphotoshop-tutorials%2Fgeneral%2Fbasics%2Fcombining-two-photos-for-new-effect.html&amp;amp;frm=0&amp;amp;ga_vid=2111064476.1244965756&amp;amp;ga_sid=1244965756&amp;amp;ga_hid=1340384108&amp;amp;ga_fc=true&amp;amp;flash=10.0.12&amp;amp;w=336&amp;amp;h=280&amp;amp;u_h=768&amp;amp;u_w=1024&amp;amp;u_ah=738&amp;amp;u_aw=1024&amp;amp;u_cd=32&amp;amp;u_tz=270&amp;amp;u_his=48&amp;amp;u_nplug=7&amp;amp;u_nmime=22&amp;amp;dtd=4&amp;amp;xpc=abKbzreKel&amp;amp;p=http%3A//photoshoptutorials.ws" style="left: 0pt; position: absolute; top: 0pt;" vspace="0" scrolling="no" width="336" frameborder="0" height="280"&gt;&lt;/iframe&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;&lt;/ins&gt;{mospagebreak} &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Raise the opacity of the layer back to 100% in the Layers palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step8.jpg" width="294" border="0" height="408" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click and Eye icon next to Layer 1, the earth layer to turn its visibility off for now. Use the Quick Selection tool and select the area that overlaps the earth and where we'll need to bring in front of the earth.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step9.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="575" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click the Eye icon next to Layer 1 again to make it visible. Go to Select&gt;Inverse.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step10.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="575" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we need to mask out the area of the earth photo where the arm is. We mask out the area instead of erasing so that if we mess up, the pixels can be brought back instead of removing them. With Layer 1 selected, click the Add Layer Mask icon on the Layers palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step11.jpg" width="246" border="0" height="256" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The mask automatically masked out where we had a selection. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step12.jpg" width="424" border="0" height="592" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now for a few touch-ups. The levels seem off on the photo of the girl, so go to Image&gt;Adjustments&gt;Levels. Drag the black arrow to 34 as shown here.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Levels tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step13.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="360" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now the color levels are a bit richer and better adjusted.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step14.jpg" width="428" border="0" height="592" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now let's add a text on a path to the photo. Command-click (PC: Control-click) the thumbnail preview of the Layer 1 on the Layers palette. This will create a circular selection around the pixels in the earth layer.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Resizing planet" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step15.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="574" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click the Paths palette tab and click the Make Work Path from Selection icon on the bottom of the Paths palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step16.jpg" width="254" border="0" height="232" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Text tool, click on the left top side of the path we just made.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step17.jpg" width="386" border="0" height="544" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 18&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Type in some text that matches the photo.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step18.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="592" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 19&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;With the Move tool, click-and-drag a corner of the text area and expand it so there's some room between the earth and the text. Now we have a combined photo with some text.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CombiningTwoPhotosforNewEffect_124E5/step19.jpg" width="446" border="0" height="617" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7451566576190904316?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7451566576190904316/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/combining-two-photos-for-new-effect.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7451566576190904316'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7451566576190904316'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/combining-two-photos-for-new-effect.html' title='Combining Two Photos for New Effect'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-45648068706382880</id><published>2009-06-14T15:45:00.004+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T15:53:34.497+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General/Basics'/><title type='text'>Automating Actions to Save Time</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/automating-actions-to-save-time_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/automating-actions-to-save-time_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Want to save some time so you’re not doing repetitive things in Adobe Photoshop? Look no further than the Actions palette. Let’s say you to need to adjust settings, add a filter, resize, or any of the other many options in Photoshop to a large number of photos. Instead of having to go through each photo one at a time, applying effects, resizing, or adjusting levels for example, it’s much easier to edit one photo and record the actions. Then, we can apply that action to an entire folder of images.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step9.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="241" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Automating Actions Photoshop Tutorials&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go ahead and get a bunch of photos and place them into a folder. Open one of the photos in Photoshop. Select one which we’ll edit and record the changes for the action. Go to Window&gt;Actions to open the Actions palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Photoshop actions palette" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step1.jpg" width="320" border="0" height="448" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click the Create New Action icon on the bottom of the Actions palette.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Create a new Photoshop action" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step2.jpg" width="274" border="0" height="380" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Name is “Black and White Thumbnail” and click Record. There are some other options, such as assigning a Function Key or changing the set of actions it’s placed, but leave those for this example as we don’t want to assign a function key and want to keep it in the default actions set.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 425px; height: 496px;" alt="New action settings" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step3.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Everything we do next will be recorded as a step in the action. While there are many ways to convert an image to black and white, such as going to Image&gt;Adjustments&gt;Black and White, let’s do a simple desaturation for this example. Go to Image&gt;Adjustments&gt;Hue/Saturation and drag the saturation to the left and click OK.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Desaturating with the Hue/Saturaiton tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step4.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to Image&gt;Image Resize and change the Height to 200. As long as the Constrain Proportions is checked, the Width should resize automatically. Click OK.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Image size tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step5.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="372" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that it’s black and white and resized to a thumbnail, we need to add a border. Double-click the Background layer in the Layers palette and click OK to make it a normal layer that we can apply layer styles to. Go to Layer&gt;Layer Style&gt;Stroke. Change the Position to Inside, the Size to 2 and click OK.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Stroke layer style" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step6.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="321" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we need to save it with certain settings. Go to File&gt;Save As and save it as a JPEG to a new folder named Thumbnails. Finally, click the Stop Playing/Recording icon on the bottom of the Actions palette. Now we have created an action that converted a color image to a black and white, resizes it to a thumbnail, adds a 2-point interior stroke, and then saves it as a JPEG. Close the file and don’t save changes so we don’t erase the original file.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Black stroke added" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step7.jpg" width="172" border="0" height="200" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that we’ve created the action titled Black and White Thumbnail, go to File&gt;Automate&gt;Batch. Set the Action to Black and White Thumbnail. Click the Choose button near the source folder setting and find and select the folder of images to apply the action to. Click the Choose button near the Destination folder setting and find and select the folder to save the thumbnail images to. I set the source folder to one called Photos and I set the destination folder to one called Thumbnails. Also make sure to check Override Action “Save As” Commands since we already have a save command in the action. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Batch tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step8.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="326" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now all seven photos from the source folder, originally full color and large size, have been saved as black and white thumbnails with a border in a separate folder. Remember, instead of editing photos one at time, when we want to edit many of them with the same effects, try actions instead.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/AutomatingActionstoSaveTime_B91F/step9.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="241" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-45648068706382880?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/45648068706382880/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/automating-actions-to-save-time.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/45648068706382880'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/45648068706382880'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/automating-actions-to-save-time.html' title='Automating Actions to Save Time'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-8068016176876478753</id><published>2009-06-14T15:38:00.003+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T15:44:45.373+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DRAWING'/><title type='text'>Exotic Fashion</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/exotic-fashion_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/exotic-fashion_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Find out what Photoshop techniques were used to create this painting. In this Photoshop tutorial, we will walk you through several painting techniques to get you started with painting.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Exotic Fashion Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Setting the canvas&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;The first step is to create a new canvas; most important and overlooked. Choose what you want your output size to be. The larger the canvas dimensions, the more time and effort will be required to complete the painting. If you're not entering the width and height in pixels, make sure that you set the resolution to 300 pixels/inch. If you plan on printing this, make sure that you have the color mode set to CMYK color. You should also choose to use 16 bit color if you will not be using many filters and if your computer can handle it. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 381px;" alt="1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/1.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Creating the layers&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Before you paint anything, you'll need to create two additional layers with the blending mode on Multiply. One of the layer will be used to hold the drawing or sketch and the other will be used for the color and painting. This is the most basic layer setup and is recommended for beginners who just want to get started with painting in Photoshop. More advance users will have groups of layers for each part of the painting.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 482px;" alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/2.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Painting&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;When painting, it is very helpful to have a pen tablet such as the Wacom Bamboo. A pen tablet will allow you to create brush strokes that are pressure sensitive. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h4&gt;Enable Pen Pressure&lt;/h4&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, select the Brush tool and click on the "Enable Airbrush Capabilities" button in the option bar near the top of your Photoshop window. In the Brush palette, set the control to Pen Pressure or Pen Tilt (if you have a tilt sensitive pen tablet). If you're using a mouse, set the control to Fade. Fade will simulate natural brush strokes by making the brush size smaller as according to the stroke length. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 396px;" alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/3.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Face&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Painting the face is a simple process using the brush, dodge, and burn tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 300px;" alt="face" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/face.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;First, use the brush tool to paint a base color. Then, use the burn tool to burn the edges. Finally, select the dodge tool to dodge the highlights.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 368px;" alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/4.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;When you're done, you can use the Smudge tool to refine the edges between the highlights and shadows. In the option bar, you can specify if you only want to smudge the shadows, midtones, or highlights.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 422px;" alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/5.jpg" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Hair&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;The hair can be created with almost the same technique as the one used for the face. Except this time, you'll be using the smudge tool to create the texture of the hair.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 191px;" alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/6.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Feathers&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 300px;" alt="feathers" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/feathers.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Creating the feathers is more complicated. Begin by choosing a base color for the feather. Then, draw the shape of the feather. Using the Smudge tool at 80% strength, smudge from the center out to create the individual feathers. Finish it with the Dodge and Burn tool to create shadows and highlights.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 300px;" alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/7.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 280px;" alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/8.jpg" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Dress pattern&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To create the pattern for the dress, draw a design on a separate layer. Then, duplicate and rotate the pattern to form other shapes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="11" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/11.jpg" width="252" border="0" height="436" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Twigs&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 400px; height: 300px;" alt="branches" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/branches.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Creating the twigs is simple. Draw the twigs with the brush tool then apply bevel and drop shadow layer styles make it look three dimensional.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 400px; height: 148px;" alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/9.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 291px;" alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/10.jpg" border="0" /&gt;  &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 436px;" alt="final" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ExoticFashion_3692/final.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;  &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-8068016176876478753?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/8068016176876478753/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/exotic-fashion.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8068016176876478753'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8068016176876478753'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/exotic-fashion.html' title='Exotic Fashion'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-8450471711658615471</id><published>2009-06-14T15:28:00.006+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T15:36:55.634+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DRAWING'/><title type='text'>Scrapbook Cover</title><content type='html'>&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/scrapbook-cover_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/scrapbook-cover_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn how to use the tools of Photoshop to create a scrapbook cover. In this beginner Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to draw scrapbook elements such as tapes and thumbtacks.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Scrapbook Cover Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1: The Background&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Open a wallpaper or image that resembles a book or report cover. Make sure to choose one that will look good with text and images stuck on to it.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;img alt="1" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/1.jpg" width="274" border="0" height="339" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 2: Creating a Title&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt; &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Type out a title, make it a big text size, I used 60pt. The font I used was Pristina. Now create a new layer called ‘background’ and in the layer panel move it below the text layer you just created. Change your foreground colour to a colour that contrasts the title’s colour. I used #d9d3c1. Using the Rectangular Selection Tool create a selection that fits behind the title. Now right click inside the selection and click Fill. Select ‘Foreground Color’, then Ok. Give this layer about a 75% opacity. It should now look something like this:&lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="5" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/5.jpg" width="407" border="0" height="115" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 3: Creating the Tape&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Create a new layer called ‘tape’. Change your foreground colour to #f1e5a9, you may have to tweak it to look good with your background. Using the rectangular selection tool make a long rectangle shape. Right click in the rectangle selection and click Fill. Select ‘Foreground Color’ and then Ok. Now make cuts into the top and bottom of the rectangle using the Polygonal Lasso tool. To finish it off give the layer 60% opacity. It should now look some what like a piece of tape.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="7" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/7.jpg" width="109" border="0" height="167" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 4: Mount the Title using the Tape&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Rotate, move, and resize the ‘tape’ layer until it looks like it is holding the left side of the title up. Duplicate the ‘tape’ layer and do the same process but so the tape is holding up the right side.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="6" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/6.jpg" width="462" border="0" height="128" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 5: Creating the Thumbtack&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now we are going to create a thumbtack. Select a foreground colour for the colour of the thumbtack. I used #94938f. Now create a small circle using the Ellipse Tool.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="10" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/10.jpg" width="245" border="0" height="142" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now make another smaller darker coloured circle and move it to the upper right corner of the first circle. Next make circle a bit bigger than the previous one and the same colour as the first one. Move this circle so it is overlapping the previous circle. &lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/2.jpg" width="500" border="0" height="201" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the foreground colour to #e1e1e0 and the background colour to #94938f. Now bring up the layer effects window for this layer (The last circle you created). Go down to ‘Gradient Overlay’ and input the following settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="8" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/8.jpg" width="324" border="0" height="207" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Once you are happy with the shape and colours of the thumbtack layers merge the layers and call the layer ‘thumbtack’. Next bring up the layer effects window for this ‘thumbtack’ layer and apply a drop shadow with these settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="9" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/9.jpg" width="329" border="0" height="192" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Step 6 – Creating the Peeling Image&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;Open an image that you would like to be pinned to the book. Name this layer ‘photo’. Now to add some depth to this image, warp it so it looks like it is bending off the page. Edit &gt; Transform &gt; Warp. Pull the bottom corners out a bit&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/3.jpg" width="440" border="0" height="361" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Step 7: Adding the Drop Shadow&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to the layer effects window and add a drop shadow to the ‘photo’ layer. Adjust it until you think it looks good, I used these settings.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="4" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/4.jpg" width="333" border="0" height="299" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Make sure this ‘photo’ layer is below the ‘thumbtack’ group. Now drag the thumbtack overtop, it should now look as if the thumbtack was holding the image on.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Final Result&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;&lt;p&gt;With my final result I tweak the colors in the ‘photo’ layer to bring out more of the orange in the picture. Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Color Balance. This effect may not apply to your image.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="final" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/ScrapbookCover_146A4/final.jpg" width="400" border="0" height="500" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt; &lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-8450471711658615471?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/8450471711658615471/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/scrapbook-cover.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8450471711658615471'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8450471711658615471'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/scrapbook-cover.html' title='Scrapbook Cover'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-7620250591810941075</id><published>2009-06-14T15:05:00.005+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T15:27:22.384+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='General/Basics'/><title type='text'>Create Custom Photo Brushes</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/create-custom-photo-brushes_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 213px; height: 200px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/create-custom-photo-brushes_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;When you think of creating custom brushes in Adobe &lt;a itxtdid="8366005" target="_blank" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/photoshop-tutorials/general/basics/#" style="border-bottom: 0.2em dotted rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; font-weight: normal ! important; font-size: 100% ! important; text-decoration: none ! important; padding-bottom: 0px ! important; color: rgb(43, 101, 176) ! important; background-color: transparent ! important; background-image: none; padding-top: 0pt; padding-right: 0pt; padding-left: 0pt;" classname="iAs" class="iAs"&gt;&lt;nobr style="font-weight: normal; font-size: 100%;" id="itxt_nobr_0_0"&gt;&lt;/nobr&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Photoshop, you usually think of creating basic shapes and paths with the pen tool and then creating a brush from those shapes. But we can also use photos and convert them into brushes as well for unique designs in web sites and print designs. They also can make aesthetically-pleasing backgrounds.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;p&gt;&lt;img alt="Custom Photoshop brushes" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step14.jpg" width="431" border="0" height="298" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt; &lt;h2&gt;Create Custom Photo Brushes Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Open Photoshop and open a photo to use as a brush. It should be something that would work in a pattern, where the content of the photo is obvious as various sizes. I'm using this "blue angel wing" I found on iStockPhoto. IT should be relatively large, perhaps 1000 pixels for both width and height. If you create a brush at a small size, setting the brush to a larger size than originally created will cause it to lose resolution. But making it smaller is no problem, just like resizing a photo.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img alt="Blue angel wing" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step1.jpg" width="398" border="0" height="297" /&gt; &lt;p&gt;© ISTOCKPHOTO/DON WILKIE&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt;Optional: You can download this file to use at &lt;a href="http://www.istockphoto.com/file_closeup.php?id=130023"&gt;http://www.istockphoto.com/file_closeup.php?id=130023&lt;/a&gt; or use a similar one.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;To first define a brush, we need to select the area. Click the Rectangular Marquee tool on the toolbar.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;img alt="Photoshop Rectangular Marquee tool" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step2.jpg" width="172" border="0" height="219" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click-and-drag a selection around the photo. We don't need to remove the white pixels first because they will be transparent in a brush.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Blue angel wings with rectangular marquee" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step3.jpg" width="397" border="0" height="291" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to Edit&gt;Define Brush Preset.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Define Brush Preset menu item" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step4.jpg" width="284" border="0" height="470" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Name the brush something that matches the image, and click OK.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 400px; height: 124px;" alt="Defining a brush name" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step5.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the brush defined, go to File&gt;New and create a new file at 1024 x 768. Click OK.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 270px;" alt="New Photoshop document using a web preset" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step6.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click the Brush tool on the toolbar.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Brush tool selected" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step7.jpg" width="126" border="0" height="215" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Click the arrow on the Options palette which will bring down the brush styles and size options. Scroll down and click the brush we just created. You can change the size here, or change it by pressing the left and right brackets to make the size smaller or larger. Bring the size of the brush to something much smaller, such as 100.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Brush options" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step8.jpg" width="290" border="0" height="349" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Go to Window&gt;Brushes to bring up the Brushes palette. This palette has a lot of options for the Brush tool. Change the Shape Dynamics to these settings by clicking on Shape Dynamics then sliding the sliders. The brush can rotate to a certain degree as we brush. Try various settings as the preview shows how the brush will look.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Brush options - Shape Dynamics" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step9.jpg" width="365" border="0" height="460" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the Scattering to the settings shown here. Scattering does just that—scatter the brush as we brush. Try various settings as the preview shows how the brush will look.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Brush options - Scattering" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step10.jpg" width="365" border="0" height="460" /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Change the Hue Jitter to 12%, because we want to somewhat adjust the hue as the brush is clicked-and-dragged, but within a certain range. Setting it to 100% would cause it to include the entire color range.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img alt="Brush options - Color Dynamics" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step11.jpg" width="365" border="0" height="460" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Now for the fun part: click-and-drag with the Brush tool in a curve.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 328px;" alt="Painting with custom brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step12.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Whatever color is selected in the Foreground in the toolbar is the color of the brush. You can have a jitter between the foreground and background color as well as hue jitter from the foreground color. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 324px;" alt="Painting with custom brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step13.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;If you create a second curved brush path like this, click on New Layer on the Layers palette first, so that we can adjust the layer blending mode on the Layers palette. In this example, I adjusted the top layer blending mode to Multiply.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 298px;" alt="Experimenting with layer blending modes" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step14.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;Try various photos and converting them to brushes using the same steps here. Brushes with added Shape Dynamics and Scattering can help create a unique background, such as this one created with a photo of Polaroids.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 349px;" alt="Polaroids brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step15.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt; &lt;p&gt;This one was created with a scan of tape. Besides creating unique paths, backgrounds are often created with such brushes.&lt;/p&gt; &lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt; &lt;img style="width: 401px; height: 326px;" alt="Tape brush" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/CreateCustomPhotoBrushes_58D/step16.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-7620250591810941075?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/7620250591810941075/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/create-custom-photo-brushes.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7620250591810941075'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/7620250591810941075'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/create-custom-photo-brushes.html' title='Create Custom Photo Brushes'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-779725951782388324</id><published>2009-06-14T14:32:00.009+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T15:05:11.504+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='DRAWING'/><title type='text'>How to Create an Anime Artwork in Photoshop</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/nadia_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/nadia_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Learn step by step how this painting was created. You will get a good understanding of how to create anime images with beautiful lighting and learn techniques that will help you in many types of drawings.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Learn step by step how this painting was created. You will get a good understanding of how to create anime images with beautiful lighting and learn techniques that will help you in many types of drawings.     &lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;img title="Nadia" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 651px;" alt="Nadia" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/12_finalresult.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h2 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;How to Create an Anime Artwork in Photoshop&lt;/h2&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;h3 style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Step 1 – The Outline&lt;/h3&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;  &lt;/div&gt;&lt;p style="text-align: justify;"&gt;Most people draw the outline on paper then use a scanner to load the outline into Photoshop.Begin by opening the outline image into Photoshop. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;div style="text-align: justify;"&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;   &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="1_leveling" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 452px; height: 422px;" alt="1_leveling" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/1_leveling.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Levels tool (Image &gt; Adjustments &gt; Levels) to correct the contrast of the outline. You can do this with the Levels tool by moving the black and white input sliders towards the center of the histogram. Make sure that the background is 100% white and the outline is 100% black with smooth edges. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;To begin, you’ll need to unlock the &lt;em&gt;Background&lt;/em&gt; layer. To do this, double-click on the &lt;em&gt;Background&lt;/em&gt; layer in the Layers palette and click OK in the New Layer window. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Now that the layer is unlocked, you can change the blending mode to Multiply. This will make the white background in the layer transparent. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Tip: Ensure that there are no broken lines. You will be using the Magic Wand tool often and broken lines will slow you down.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2 – Separating the Outline&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In this step, you’ll learn how to separate the outline and the background into two layers. This will also make the outline slightly thinner. You’ll also learn how to dissect the outline without any jagged edges using the &lt;em&gt;Load Selection from Layer&lt;/em&gt; command.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="image" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 300px;" alt="image" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/2_seperate%20lineart" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In the above image, you can see the difference between using the Magic Wand tool and the Load Selection from Layer command. The Magic Wand tool produces jagged edges that become apparent when placed on a colored background. Instead of using the Magic Wand tool, use the Load Selection from Layer command to produce smoother outlines that blend well with any background.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="2_seperate lineart" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 450px;" alt="2_seperate lineart" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/2_seperatelineart.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Channels palette (Window &gt; Channels), click on the &lt;img title="load channel as selection" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline;" alt="load channel as selection" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/image.png" width="9" border="0" height="9" /&gt; button. This will create a selection using the tonal information from the layer. Press the Delete button on your  keyboard to delete the white background. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add a new layer below the outline layer and fill the layer with white. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the blending mode of the layer to Multiply. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 3 – Base Color&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the outline and white background separated, we can add the base color.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="3_flat coloring" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="3_flat coloring" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/3_flatcoloring.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Add a new layer below the white layer. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Magic Wand tool and, in the option bar, set the Tolerance to 50. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the option bar, checkmark the Contiguous and Sample All Layers options. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;With the Magic Wand tool selected, click where you want to add color. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Expand the selection by 3 pixels using the Expand command (Select &gt; Modify &gt; Expand). If you are using Windows, you can press Alt, S, M, E on your keyboard to quickly access this menu item. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Paint Bucket tool to fill the selection with a color of your choice. Use the same technique (Create a selection with the Magic Wand tool then fill with the Paint Bucket tool) for the entire image. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4 – Adding Shadows&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In this part, you’ll learn how to add shadows to the image. One important technique from this step is how to select the correct color.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="4_shading" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="4_shading" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/4_shading.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer and position it between the white layer and the base color layer. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Magic Wand tool and set the tolerance to 1 (so that it will only pick one color) and uncheck the Contiguous and Sample All Layers options. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Brush tool and set the hardness to 100%. This will give the brush a sharp edge. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Tools palette, click on the foreground color. This will bring up the Color Picker window. Select the base color from where you want to start. This will give us the hue of the color. Move the slightly off the area to change the saturation and brightness of the color. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Paint the shadows. Be sure to pay attention to where the light is coming from to get proper looking shadows. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5 – Dodge and Burn&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The Dodge and Burn tool will be used to give a gradient tone effect to the solid colors.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="5_burn n dodge" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 450px;" alt="5_burn n dodge" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/5_burnndodge.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Duplicate the layers with the base color and shadow then position them above the original base color and shadow layers. The new layers will be used for dodging and burning while the old layers will be used to load selection with the Magic Wand tool. Select the layer with the base color and use the Magic Wand tool to create a selection of an area that you want to edit. In the image above, we created a selection of the hair. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When using the Dodge or Burn tool, turn on the “Other Dynamics” option in the Brushes palette (Window &gt; Brushes). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Also, in the Dodge or Burn tool options, set the range option to Midtones. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;When using the Dodge or Burn tool, set the hardness to 0%. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the top shadow layer (shade 2 in the screenshot). You will be using the Dodge and Burn tool to create a gradient in the shadows. Start with the Burn tool to darken the areas in a smooth motion on the lower part of the shadow. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;On the same layer, select the Dodge tool and lighten the upper part of the shadow. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the duplicated layer with the base color. Use the Dodge tool to lighten the upper area of the base color. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Burn tool to burn the lower area of the base color. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6 – Adding Reflected Light&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;In this step, you’ll learn how to add light reflected from the ambient light.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="6_ambience color" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 468px;" alt="6_ambience color" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/6_ambiencecolor.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the same setting as previously used for the Magic Wand tool. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Turn on the “Other Dynamics” setting in the Brush palette (Window &gt; Brushes). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Set the Brush hardness to 0%. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;For this image, a dark purple color was used to shade the area with no reflected light. The light source is from the left of the image so the right side of the characters were painted with dark purple. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;A light yellow color was used to shade the areas facing the ambient light. &lt;span style="text-decoration: underline;"&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;script type="text/javascript"&gt;&lt;!-- google_ad_client = "pub-9369822145460785"; /* Photoshop Tutorials - Bottom */ google_ad_slot = "8887386161"; google_ad_width = 336; google_ad_height = 280; //--&gt; &lt;/script&gt; &lt;script type="text/javascript" src="http://pagead2.googlesyndication.com/pagead/show_ads.js"&gt; &lt;/script&gt;&lt;script&gt;window.google_render_ad()&lt;/script&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 7 – Coloring the Outline&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Coloring the outline will add more detail to the final image and it’s easy to do.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="7_coloring lineart" style="border-width: 0px; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="7_coloring lineart" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/7_coloringlineart.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Leave the brush presets on.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;In the Layers palette, select the layer with the outline then lock the transparent pixels by clicking on the &lt;img title="lock trasnparent pixels" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline;" alt="lock trasnparent pixels" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/image.png" width="11" border="0" height="11" /&gt;  button.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Brush tool to color the outline using a color that is close to the outline.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Keep using the Eye Dropper tool to select the color beside the outline.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 8 – Creating the Smokes&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now you’ll learn how the smoke swirling around the characters were created.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="8_1smokes" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="8_1smokes" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/8_1smokes.jpg" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="8_2smokes" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 402px; height: 450px;" alt="8_2smokes" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/8_2smokes.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="8_smokes" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 450px;" alt="8_smokes" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/8_smokes.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer for the clouds. Use the Brush tool with a hardness of 100% and paint some zigzag shapes for the smoke.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Smudge tool to smudge it in the motion shown above.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Dodge and Burn tools to create volume on the smoke so that it looks 3D.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Load the selection (Select &gt; Load Selection) of your smoke layer. Choose Select &gt; Modify &gt; Contract and enter an amount that will make the selection half its size. You may have to undo and try this several times to get the correct amount.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer for the smoke highlights. Use the Brush tool and paint inside the smoke with yellow orange.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Move tool and nudge the layer up by pressing the up arrow on your keyboard.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 9 – Creating the Cloudy Sky&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Creating the cloudy sky uses a similar process as the previous step. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="9_2sky and clouds" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="9_2sky and clouds" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/9_2skyandclouds.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="9_sky and clouds" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 597px;" alt="9_sky and clouds" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/9_skyandclouds.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer for the sky and name the layer “sky”. Use the Gradient Tool to create a gradient like the image above (#1).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer above the &lt;em&gt;sky&lt;/em&gt; layer and name this “clouds”. Use the Brush tool and paint some lines to create the shape of the cloud.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Smudge tool to smudge the &lt;em&gt;cloud&lt;/em&gt; layer in the motion shown (#3).&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Load the selection of the &lt;em&gt;clouds&lt;/em&gt; layer (Select &gt; Load Selection). Choose Select &gt; Modify &gt; Contract and contract the selection like you did when you were creating the smoke. The selection should be close to half of what it was. You may have to try this more than once to get the right value.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer and mane this layer “clouds 2”. Position it above the &lt;em&gt;clouds&lt;/em&gt; layer. Select a color that it slightly darker than the color you used to create the clouds. It should still have the same hue and saturation. Paint the selected area with this color.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Dodge and Burn tools to add volume to the clouds so that they look 3D.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;Duplicate the clouds layer then use the Free Transform tool (Edit &gt; Free Transform) and enlarge the cloud. Set the opacity of this new layer to 75%.&lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Use the Dodge and Burn tools on the &lt;em&gt;sky&lt;/em&gt; layer to create a light source.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10 – Adding Light&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="10_adding light" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 450px;" alt="10_adding light" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/10_addinglight.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer and name this layer “light”. Move the layer to the very top so that it is above all the other layers.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select the Brush tool. In the Brushes palette (Window &gt; Brushes), checkmark the &lt;em&gt;Other Dynamics&lt;/em&gt; option.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Set the brush hardness to 0% for soft edges.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Select white as the foreground color then paint the areas where you want the light to appear. The image above shows the areas that were painted.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11 – Tinting With a Gradient&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This step will show you how to create more realistic colors by warming the areas closest to the light source and cooling the areas away from it.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="11_2blending" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 400px; height: 446px;" alt="11_2blending" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/11_2blending.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="11_blending" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 401px; height: 447px;" alt="11_blending" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/11_blending.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Create a new layer and position it above all the other layers.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Load the selection of the characters then use the Gradient tool to create a orange to blue gradient. Because the light source of the drawing used for this tutorial is from the left side, I will draw a gradient from the left to right. This will make the left side warmer and the right side cooler.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Change the blending mode of the current layer to &lt;em&gt;Color&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Lower the opacity to about 10-20%.&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Nadia" style="border: 0px none ; display: inline; width: 404px; height: 622px;" alt="Nadia" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/12_finalresult.jpg" border="0" /&gt; &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-779725951782388324?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/779725951782388324/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-create-anime-artwork-in.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/779725951782388324'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/779725951782388324'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/how-to-create-anime-artwork-in.html' title='How to Create an Anime Artwork in Photoshop'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-8554543316073570698</id><published>2009-06-14T14:07:00.006+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T14:32:06.672+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Animations'/><title type='text'>Exposure Blur</title><content type='html'>&lt;a onblur="try {parent.deselectBloggerImageGracefully();} catch(e) {}" href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/exposure-blur_250_250.jpg"&gt;&lt;img style="margin: 0pt 10px 10px 0pt; float: left; cursor: pointer; width: 250px; height: 250px;" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/resized/images/stories/250/exposure-blur_250_250.jpg" alt="" border="0" /&gt;&lt;/a&gt;Create animated light streaks using special Photoshop techniques.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;h3&gt;Step 1&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open an image to edit. Use the Image Size tool to resize the image to the final output size you would like. This Photoshop effect will use a lot of your computers resource so we recommend starting off with a small image, around 300 pixels wide or tall. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Image from iStockPhoto" alt="Image from iStockPhoto" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/iStock_000002142634Small.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="209" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 2&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Duplicate the layer (Layer&gt; Duplicate Layer or Ctrl+J). &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Layer duplicated." alt="Layer duplicated." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/duplicate-layer.jpg" width="171" border="0" height="56" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 3&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;With the top layer selected, open the Levels tool (Image&gt; Adjustments&gt; Levels or Ctrl+L) and move the middle input slider all the way to the very right. Click OK when done. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Adjusting settings in the Levels tool." alt="Adjusting settings in the Levels tool." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/levels.jpg" width="277" border="0" height="350" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 4&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;The light streaks will be created from the light areas in this layer. Use the Brush tool (B) and paint over the areas that you do not want any streaks to be generated from. If there are any light sources that's clipped off by the edge of the image, erase those light sources. If they're not removed, the final result will show light streaks with clipped edges. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Results without clipped light sources removed." alt="Results without clipped light sources removed." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/clipped-edges.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="233" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 5&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Change the blending mode to Screen. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;span class="fullpost"&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Blending mode changed to screen." alt="Blending mode changed to screen." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/screen.gif" width="187" border="0" height="71" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Creating the Light Streaks&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the light sources identify, we can use it to create the light streaks. The streaks will be created by duplicating the layer and moving it one pixel at a time. This might send shivers down your spine; don't worry, it'll be easy and fun. Really! &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 6&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Before we start, we need determine the opacity of the light streaks. Light streaks with a lower opacity setting will be more transparent and is ideal if you'll be creating very long light streaks. If you'll be creating small light streaks, you can use a higher opacity. Instead of guessing, we'll give it a test. Change the opacity of the top layer to 15% and while holding the Alt key, press the right arrow key about 20 times until a streak of light is created. Using the reference below, adjust the opacity to what you think will work best with your image.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Use this image as a reference to the opacity that may be most suitable for your image." alt="Use this image as a reference to the opacity that may be most suitable for your image." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/opacities.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="70" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 7&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Delete all the layers that were created so that you have 2 layers remaining. With Photoshop CS2, you can do this easily by selecting the layers the same way you select multiple files (Using the Ctrl or Shift key) and pressing the delete key.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Deleting the layers." alt="Deleting the layers." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/delete-layers.gif" width="328" border="0" height="217" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 8&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;You've probably already figured out how to create the light streaks by now. But before I let you experiment, i need you to download a set of Photoshop actions that will let you zoom in/out and rotate left/right. &lt;a href="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/atn/Controls.atn"&gt;Download&lt;/a&gt; and save the controls action to your computer then load it into Photoshop: &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h4&gt;Loading the Action&lt;/h4&gt;  &lt;ol&gt;&lt;li&gt;Open the Actions pallet (Window&gt; Actions). &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Click on the flyout menu located on the top right of the Actions pallet and select "Load Actions". &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;Locate and select the action file then click Load. &lt;/li&gt;&lt;li&gt;The Controls action set should now be visible in your Actions pallet. There should be F keys assigned for each action. If you don't see any F keys assigned, it probably means that you have those keys reserved for other actions. To assign a different key to run the action, select the action, click on the flyout menu, select Action Options and change the Function Key. &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="The function key is shown beside the action name." alt="The function key is shown beside the action name." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/controls.gif" width="148" border="0" height="100" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;      &lt;p&gt;The function key is shown beside the action name.&lt;/p&gt;   &lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ol&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 9&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use the images below as a reference to controlling the light streaks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Tip: This is a CPU &amp;amp; RAM intensive process so we recommend closing any unnecessary programs before proceeding. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Use these commands to control the direction of the light streaks." alt="Use these commands to control the direction of the light streaks." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/positions.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="350" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use these commands to control the direction of the light streaks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Use these commands to control the zoom and rotation of the light streaks." alt="Use these commands to control the zoom and rotation of the light streaks." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/zoom-and-rotation.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="350" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Use these commands to control the zoom and rotation of the light streaks.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="This is an animated sequence of the light streaks I created." alt="This is an animated sequence of the light streaks I created." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/progress.gif" width="350" border="0" height="209" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;This is an animated sequence of the light streaks I created.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Animating the Light Streaks: Creating the Frames&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;To create the animation, we need to create the individual frames as layers. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 10&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;First, we need to determine the amount of frames we want in the animation. More frames will create a smoother and longer animation but will also take longer to complete and create a larger file size. For this tutorial, I will be creating an animation with around 10 frames. Because my animation will only have 10 frames, I can merge the 115 layers into 10 layers.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="The number of layers can be found in the layer name." alt="The number of layers can be found in the layer name." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/layers.jpg" width="208" border="0" height="175" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 11&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;With some simple math, we'll find out how many layers we need to convert to one. To do this, take the number of layers the light streaks was created with and divide it by the number of frames. For myself, this will be around 12 layers (115 layers ÷ 10 frames). Now select the top layer and press Ctrl+E to merge down with the answer to the mathematical equation as the number of times. For myself, I will press Ctrl+E twelve times to convert twelve layers into one. Select the layer below and do the same thing until all the layers have been merged&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Layers remaining after merging." alt="Layers remaining after merging." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/merge-down.gif" width="184" border="0" height="272" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 12&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Hide all the layers except for the bottom two layers.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Layers hidden." alt="Layers hidden." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/hide-layers.gif" width="214" border="0" height="336" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 13&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Select the second layer and press Shift+Ctrl+Alt+E to create a new layer from the visible image. Select/activate the layer above, click on the eye to make it visible, and press Shift+Ctrl+Alt+E. Repeat this for the rest of the layers above.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Animation of the process." alt="Animation of the process." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/stamp-visible.gif" width="203" border="0" height="405" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 14&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Delete all the old layers except for Background.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Old layers deleted." alt="Old layers deleted." src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/delete-layers-2.gif" width="208" border="0" height="274" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Animating the Light Streaks: Animating with ImageReady&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Now that we have the frames created, we're ready to switch to ImageReady to start the animating process. &lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 15&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Send the document to ImageReay (File&gt; Edit in ImageReady or Shift+Ctrl+M).&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Photoshop to ImageReady button" alt="Photoshop to ImageReady button" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/photoshop-to-imageready.gif" width="49" border="0" height="20" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;You may also press the Photoshop to ImageReady button in the toolbox.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 16&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Open the Animation pallet (Window&gt; Animation). Click the flyout menu on the top right corner and select "Make Frames From Layers". Your animation pallet should now contain frames created from the layers.&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img title="Make Frames From Layers" alt="Make Frames From Layers" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/make-frames-from-layers.jpg" width="350" border="0" height="270" hspace="6" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Step 17&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Save the image. To save the image as an animated GIF file, change the Format in the Optimize pallet (Window&gt; Optimize) to GIF and adjust the settings. Because the animation I created will be used on the web, I used the following properties:&lt;br /&gt;Format: GIF    &lt;br /&gt;Colors: 64    &lt;br /&gt;Dither Method: None    &lt;br /&gt;Use the "Save Optimize As" tool (File&gt; Save Optimized As) to save the image.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;h2&gt;Final Results&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;p&gt;There are countless effects that can be created with this technique. Experiment with different combination to discover new exposure blur animations. &lt;/p&gt;   &lt;img title="Exposure Blur Final Results" alt="Exposure Blur Final Results" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/final-results.gif" width="350" border="0" height="209" hspace="6" /&gt;   &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;A simple camera flash effect was added to the end of the animation.&lt;/div&gt;   &lt;img title="Exposure Blur Example" alt="Exposure Blur Example" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/example-1.gif" width="200" border="0" height="133" hspace="6" /&gt;   &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;This effect was achieved by simply using the ALT and arrow keys.&lt;/div&gt;   &lt;img title="Exposure Blur Example 2" alt="Exposure Blur Example 2" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/example-2.gif" width="133" border="0" height="200" hspace="6" /&gt;   &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;This effect was achieved by alternating between the Rotate Right and Zoom In actions.&lt;/div&gt;    &lt;img title="Exposure Blur Example 3" alt="Exposure Blur Example 3" src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/Photoshop%20Tutorials/Animation/Exposure%20Blur/example-3.gif" width="133" border="0" height="200" hspace="6" /&gt;   &lt;div class="mosimage_caption"&gt;This effect was achieved by creating a right light streak and duplicating the layer about 20 times at the end.&lt;/div&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;div class="blogger-post-footer"&gt;&lt;img width='1' height='1' src='https://blogger.googleusercontent.com/tracker/3015585304565072082-8554543316073570698?l=blogerdesign.blogspot.com' alt='' /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</content><link rel='replies' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/feeds/8554543316073570698/comments/default' title='Post Comments'/><link rel='replies' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/create-animated-light-streaks-using.html#comment-form' title='0 Comments'/><link rel='edit' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8554543316073570698'/><link rel='self' type='application/atom+xml' href='http://www.blogger.com/feeds/3015585304565072082/posts/default/8554543316073570698'/><link rel='alternate' type='text/html' href='http://blogerdesign.blogspot.com/2009/06/create-animated-light-streaks-using.html' title='Exposure Blur'/><author><name>design</name><uri>http://www.blogger.com/profile/05856586769477872714</uri><email>noreply@blogger.com</email><gd:image rel='http://schemas.google.com/g/2005#thumbnail' width='16' height='16' src='http://img2.blogblog.com/img/b16-rounded.gif'/></author><thr:total>0</thr:total></entry><entry><id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-3015585304565072082.post-9148844199857786356</id><published>2009-06-14T12:48:00.011+07:00</published><updated>2009-06-14T13:45:58.891+07:00</updated><category scheme='http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#' term='Photoshop'/><title type='text'>Dazzling Dance Photo Manipulation</title><content type='html'>In this detailed and lengthy Photoshop tutorial, you will learn how to combine photos and add special effects to turn a normal photograph into a stunning artwork. You will also learn several tricks to reduce your Photoshop document file size and number of layers and layer styles.     &lt;h2&gt;Dazzling Dance Photo Manipulation Photoshop Tutorial&lt;/h2&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Preview of Final Results&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;&lt;img src="http://photoshoptutorials.ws/images/stories/sparklingdancephotomanipulation/image_3.png" width="400" height="603" /&gt;&lt;/p&gt;  &lt;h3&gt;Stock Photos&lt;/h3&gt;  &lt;p&gt;Here are the stock photos used for this website. You can purchase the images through Dreamstime by clicking on the image below. We used the highest resolution (unscaled) i
